|
|
[Oshi No Ko] |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
[Oshi No Ko] #2
July 30, 2023
|
|
There is quite a lot of story packed into these 200 pages! Akasaka knows how to lay out and pace a story while not being overwhelming. This volume also contains a lot of insights about the Japanese entertainment industry, which I found very interesting. While including plenty of content, Akasaka also devotes decent amount of time to developing a few side characters, especially Kana. Aqua and Ruby are the perfect foils of each other, and readers are bound to have a favorite twin they want to see have more page time. Aqua is fairly dark and twisty as he plots his revenge, but he still has a soft spot for his sister, while Ruby is bright and optimistic about life, and determined to use her reincarnation to its fullest.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
[Oshi No Ko] #3
December 27, 2023
|
|
This volume focuses quite a lot on Aqua and Ruby takes a bit of a backseat while she and her Idol group-mate try to figure out their identity as a pair. Readers who like the bubblier twin might feel like she gets the short end of page time while we actually get a bit more of Aqua's cast-mates from the show. There is less of a focus overall on the entertainment industry and hardly any focus on the kids going to school, but we do get a bit more insight into how far Aqua is willing to go to learn more about Ai and her mysterious past. There is suicidal ideation and an attempt in this volume, so readers who need a content warning should be aware before jumping into this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A Condition Called Love #1 |
Apr 21, 2022
show
|
|
The refreshing thing about this story is that neither of the leads are extremely embarrassed or shy. Hotaru is willing to try new things and go on dates even though she's skeptic of the whole process, but there isn't the normal shyness that is a large part of romance titles. That being said, the speed at which Hananoi gets intense is a little off-putting. He is head-over-heels, I'll-sacrifice-myself-for-you type of love within minutes. After he cools off a little bit, he's a thoughtful person and treats Hotaru with a lot of respect, which is really good to see. Other than the creep-factor at the beginning, this is a pretty sweet romance title that I'll probably give a few more volumes to see if it piques my interest more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A Galaxy Next Door #1 |
Sep 03, 2022
show
|
|
This is a nice romance story with some interesting elements through in because of Shiori's background. She's sheltered, she's alien, and she loves Ichiro's manga. Ichiro is a solidly nice guy who isn't trying to take advantage of anyone, and he wants to help Shiori experience the world as she set out to do. Shiori definitely could have done worse with coming to Earth and finding someone to lead her through her self-discovery journey. This is a decent start to a series that might get more interesting or nuanced later on.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A Kingdom of Quartz #2 |
Sep 29, 2024
show
|
|
The second volume has some more world-building by introducing a few more kingdoms and giving some background on why Blue might be special. We're also introduced to a few more characters and reunited with some from volume one, but not in the way Blue wanted to be. The narration jumps around a bit roughly and gives this volume a slight disjointed feel, unlike the first volume’s smooth storytelling. This is still an enjoyable volume to read and is akin to Witch Hat Atelier in its beautiful illustrative detail and A Girl from the Other Side in its dark atmosphere.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A Kiss That Stains The Innocence OGN |
Jul 12, 2026
show
|
|
The first thing that drew me into this BL manga was the beautifully designed cover and dazzling art. The character designs for Sirius and Ombre and gorgeous. Ombre is the perfectly quintessential brooding male, constantly scowling, lead while Sirius is the typical innocent, pretty boy. Sirius can sometimes lack definition, however. Soutome's beautiful details also extend to the forest scene surrounding her characters. Illustrations aside, Ombre and Sirius are both sympathetic characters battling a lifetime of hurt, and seeing them come together to heal is satisfying. There are a few unfortunate time jumps that skip over interesting points in the narration but this is potentially due to forcing this into a single volume. Fans of the enemies-to-lovers trope will appreciate this single-volume payoff.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A Man & His Cat #2 |
Jun 23, 2024
show
|
|
This story is told in two formats: short chapters that are loosely connected with an overarching story, and yonkoma: 4-panel comic strips. The yonkoma provide some comic relief peppered throughout the chapters, which usually deliver emotional punches. Sakurai knows how to grab onto the cat-lover’s soul and mix in some touching or devastating tributes that resonate with anyone who has lost an important loved one. Just with volume 1, there are plenty of moments that cat owners will recognize and relate to with their furry family members, as I related to this moment with Fukumaru's war against his own reflection.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A School Frozen in Time (2021) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
A School Frozen in Time #3
October 17, 2022
|
|
While some readers might be eager to believe Akihito has gotten to the bottom of who is behind this entire mystery, I feel there has to be more to it since there are four more students still left in the school at the end of this volume. There's only one more volume to bring everything together, so I'm looking forward to how this mystery will resolve. There is still a lot of conversation about suicide and suicidal ideation, and this volume also adds in teen prostitution to the list of trigger warnings. Nothing is explicitly shown, but more so we get a reason why a teen could turn to prostitution for survival.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
A School Frozen in Time #4
December 28, 2022
|
|
This is a decently satisfying ending to a pretty crazy mystery story. As with many manga mysteries I've read, there are pretty big clues throughout the story, so most readers will probably have most of the ending worked out by the time it gets here. There is one pretty big reveal that isn't as telegraphed, so readers might have that to be a little surprised about. It is nicer that this is a short series that doesn't feel very drawn out or full of fluff. As readers get more of the backstory throughout the series, there is some potential for re-readability so they can read from the beginning knowing who everyone is at the onset.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A Sign of Affection #3 |
Nov 14, 2022
show
|
|
The romance in this book is still exceedingly adorable, and there's so much to like about Yuki as a character. Itsuomi is still a little bland and stand-offish, which makes me side with Yuki about her mistrust of his attraction. Morishita isn't the best for writing male characters, but I still have some hope that Itsuomi will get some depth in later volumes. Morishita is doing well, I think, in representing the unique struggles of being deaf, including misunderstandings in communication that can lead to some interesting situations. Reading lips isn't perfect, especially in a language like Japanese where a lot of words are close in pronunciation. Some of these situations are a little hard to translate, but the team is doing their best and providing helpful notes in the back to explain what's really going on in the original language.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A Smart and Courageous Child OGN |
Aug 18, 2025
show
|
|
This deceptively simple manga packs an emotional punch that is poignant and hits on a sensitive subject for many in our world. As global events are ever-present and violence is continuously part of our every-day life, many people have real fears of bringing another life into this world. This manga would also be an interesting tool to spark discussion about how historical moments impact and cascade outward and impact people across the globe; Sara didn't know and had no interaction with Malala, so why was she so deeply moved by what happened to her? Having students examine that level of empathy and impact would lead to some interesting discussions.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A Witch's Love at the End of the World #3 |
Jan 12, 2022
show
|
|
The mangaka explains in the end that this was supposed to only be two volumes and it ended up being three, but there could have definitely been more volumes. There was some serious rushing in this volume to get everything done. A lot of major things are glossed over, including how the demon started a war, how the countries decided it was the witches, and how quickly the witch hunts begin (all of that was about 2 pages). I still don’t fully understand what’s happening with the headmistress of the school and her motivations. The ending puts a nice tidy bow on everything but creates some paradoxes that are not really explored for the sake of getting the characters to a happier place and ending the volume quickly. Overall, this series was interesting and had a nice yuri love story, but it's really marred by a narrative that kind of jumped all over the place and didn't spend a lot of time in any one area.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
A-Okay OGN |
Jan 07, 2024
show
|
|
This is a pretty sweet, honest look at a difficult time in a lot of kids' lives when pressures to have romantic feelings and express crushes are at a high, and this book might help some kids understand that not only is it okay to be ace, but it's also okay to not feel pressured to reciprocate romantic feelings for others. Jay's classmate Mark is the kind of supportive and non-judgmental person I wish more kids could have in their lives because he's helpful, respectful, and validates Jay's feelings and emotions. Jay's struggle with acne is definitely something many readers will relate to and gives this book broad reach as a middle grade graphic novel.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ace of the Diamond #1 |
May 31, 2022
show
|
|
This is another high-stakes sports entry that would appeal to fans of Haikyu!! or Prince of Tennis, but, so far, there’s much less humor than Haikyu!!. Eijun is a typical sports star who thinks he’s amazing but needs to get dropped down a peg or two in high school. Eijun has some natural talent as a pitcher but lacks some breadth that the training will provide, so that's definitely where this series will focus at least for the next few volumes. We met some of the supporting cast for this series in the first volume, and there are some really interesting folks that will help round out the pages when we're not focusing on Eijun and his journey. This is a pretty decent entry into sports manga that will be entertaining for readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Akira |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Akira #5
March 4, 2022
|
|
This volume was still full of lots of action like the rest of this series, but there was also a priority on tying up loose ends, as the series is nearing its close. There was also still plenty of violence, blood, and death on page for those readers who have come to expect that from this series. This volume also does provide some very small explanations (finally) about the strange powers these certain individuals have, but don't look for anything to be completely neat and bow-wrapped. There's a lot of inference and guessing still even with these explanations. The story is still extremely immersive and enthralling to the point where 400 pages fly by effortlessly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Akira #6
April 22, 2022
|
|
This is a gigantic volume compared to the other 5 in the series, but most of the pages are full of textless panels showcasing the destruction to the already decimated city of Neo Tokyo. These pages pulled me in as I looked at just how detailed everything is, and I was caught wondering if every panel was drawn from scratch every time. It's a wonder that there was anything standing at the end of the story, but there are still plenty of tilted buildings and lots of territory that is left untouched by the psychic show-down and the carpet-bombing. I'm left with some questions at the very end of the volume (spoilers ahead!) when Kaneda declares the sovereignty of Neo Tokyo and kicks out all aid workers - where the heck are these crazy kids going to get food? Are they going to continue the anarchy that ruled Neo Tokyo before? And one last dissatisfying note, that plot-armor is very strong in this series to have so many people survive such an intense amount of destruction. Overall, this was a
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Alice in Borderland |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Alice in Borderland #1
August 29, 2022
|
|
These Squid-Games type books are very popular at the moment, and this series is gaining in popularity despite it first being published in 2011. This story is particularly well done as Aso is really paying attention to the details. The different games the characters have to play are twisted, but the creation took a lot of thought. I also appreciate that Arisu has found a place to shine as he can figure out solutions to puzzles and high-pressure situations, but he isn’t immune to fear and has to work on that before his special analytical mind is able to solve the situation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Alice in Borderland #2
April 16, 2025
|
|
Aso is really pulling out the emotional stops with this volume, and readers would do well to remember not to have favorite characters in a battle royale type storyline. This volume also leans more into the mature rating that the series was given as there is an attempted sexual assault, and the psychological horror and violence is much more intense. As with the first volume, Aso is not afraid to show characters die, bleed, or be tortured right on the page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Alice in Borderland #3
June 16, 2025
|
|
In this volume, Aso balances the intensity and narrative flow with interspersing backstory of different side characters while moving the plot forward with intense action. There's also some reprieve from the violence with a side story involving an unknown character that shows Aso's strength in character development. Some sexual violence in this volume continues to keep this elevated as an Adult title, and the level of violence and intensity of psychological turmoil remains as high in this volume as previous entries.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Alice in Kyoto Forest #1 |
Oct 06, 2023
show
|
|
As readers may suspect from anything with the name "Alice" in the title, our main is in a fantastical world and must figure out the rules of her new surrounding and survive to the best of her ability. This is a cute story that mirrors some of the struggles of the classic Alice in Wonderland tale while adding a fresh layer of conflict for our Alice to work through and a dash of angst that isn't too over-the-top for younger audiences. There are some heartbreaking moments with Alice's uncle traumatically ousting her. Between that, the cultural context of Japanese citizenry not mandatorily attending high school, and a few exchanges between Alice and her new boss needing some emotional maturity, this title would be best suited for upper elementary where readers will fully appreciate Alice's predicament.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Alpi: The Soul Sender #1 |
Nov 09, 2023
show
|
|
I went into this story thinking it was going to be more of a cutsy, magical girl story based on the description, but it was much darker than I anticipated and it reminded me more of Princess Mononoke than Tokyo Mew Mew. There are some really heartbreaking moments in this story for Alpi in terms of the choices she has to make, but also how hard her "job" is on her body. This falls more in line with a darker fantasy story and, while still good for elementary audiences, is not as carefree and has something to say about making difficult choices, living in harmony with our environment, and helping one another.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Always a Catch! How I Punched My Way Into Marrying a Prince (2024) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Always a Catch! How I Punched My Way Into Marrying a Prince #3
September 5, 2025
|
|
The humor and over-the-top reactions in this series continue to be my favorite. Mimi is definitely one to act first, think later, which nearly has consequences in this volume. Raimondo, Prince Renato’s advisor, is so serious and such a good balance to Mimi’s bombastic personality. Having the two of them flit about Renato like the angel/devil combo is wonderful, even though it's more like impulsive/sensible side of his conscience. This is a romance story at its core, but there is a lot of humor and a strong female lead that will appeal to young readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Always a Catch! How I Punched My Way Into Marrying a Prince #4
January 9, 2026
|
|
This volume continues to endear Mimi and her almost ingénue qualities despite other volumes where she kicks butt. In this volume, she's very naïve and somewhat needs saving, giving Renato a chance to be her hero for a change. Renato also has some pure and tender moments, which continue to show how wonderful and gentlemanly he is. If readers want a funny, sugary-sweet romance, this is the one for them.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Always a Catch! How I Punched My Way Into Marrying a Prince #5
April 14, 2026
|
|
The comedy keeps on coming in this volume with Mimi’s family being the stars this time around. There is a little bit of seemingly needless back and forth as we were just at Mimi's home, but now we have to go back with Renato. Nevertheless, there are some great moments in this volume. Mimi’s adorable little brother steals the show with some beautiful one-liners and heartfelt chibi eyes that will be sure to melt readers. Momoyo and Nagato keep us in suspense even more with the build up between the two leads. The pay off is going to be sweet.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Angelica and the Bear Prince OGN |
Dec 11, 2025
show
|
|
|
|
|
Animan #1 |
Dec 21, 2025
show
|
|
There is quite a bit of violence and gore in this manga, but it also lays bare the cycle of slaughter and consumption that humans participate on a daily basis as we raise and consume animals for our nourishment. This is eye opening and says a lot about being thankful for the life we take in consuming an animal, and there is also opportunity for discussion about the disconnect between consumers and buying meat in the supermarket or from a restaurant without understanding or paying mind to where it came from. However, this story moves beyond and loses the plot a bit with scenes of bestiality. The back 1/3 of volume one develops hastily into a larger society with tumbling world-building that goes much too fast, almost like it was rushing to keep readers engaged before they cancelled the series. It develops into something else entirely different than the commentary on consumption where it began.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Apocalypse Bringer Mynoghra #1 |
Jul 17, 2025
show
|
|
There are a lot of stories that begin with sick patients becoming reborn into their favorite media, but this one loses out on being a little too ambiguous as to whether it’s a separate world or actually the game or not. Takuto and Atou spend a lot of precious page time trying to figure out whether it's a video game or not. The back of the book summary says it’s within the video game, but the story can't seem to make up its mind one way or the other. If a choice was made one way or another, then we could spend time and cognitive effort focusi
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Apple Black: Neo Freedom #1 |
Aug 02, 2022
show
|
|
There is a LOT of world-building in this volume, so it can come on kind of strong and dense. I stopped at about halfway through the book to go back to the beginning and read some of the initial set-up, and it made a lot more sense the second time around. Once I got fully into the world and the really intricate world, I started to enjoy the main characters and antagonists that have decided to make Sano's life harder. There are whiffs of other shōnen manga stories in here, especially My Hero Academia with the antics of school children, but there's definitely a lot of action and comedy that pulls from influences like Naruto and Dragonball.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Arakawa Under the Bridge #1 |
Oct 03, 2022
show
|
|
This story is a little weirder than the creator’s other series, Saint Young Men, so this would probably only appeal to readers who love the other series. There is a colorful cast of characters here yet again, and some of them make this reading more enjoyable, but they aren’t enough for me to keep reading. Other readers who enjoy this quirky sense of humor will most likely attach themselves to one of these lovable odd-balls or want to stick it out to see what else Rec will need to do to get out of everyone's debt.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aria of the Beech Forest #1 |
Jun 22, 2025
show
|
|
What started out as a somewhat carefree, kind of slice-of-life buddy adventure ended as a bit of a mystery with some twists along the way. There’s a dash of food-manga for posterity, highlighting traditional Irish dishes Aria cooks for herself and Gwyn, and some beautiful illustrations to round it all out. There's enough intrigue here to pique readers' interest, but it's also very cute and full of heart. Everything so far is sweet and rather innocent, though it's hard to say if it will get darker later based on the small crumbs of mystery we have so far. Aika mixes beautiful scenery illustrations, delicious-looking food, and some cutesy reactions every so often for Gwyn and Aria.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Asadora! |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Asadora! #5
May 23, 2022
|
|
Each of our three heroines find themselves in a terrible position, mostly pretty unsavory. The series has been rated for older teen, and this volume is where we start to get into some of those situations that would elevate the series away from younger readers. Also, these darker situations are more in line with Urasawa's other series, which are usually much more focused on the dregs of humanity. At the moment, the three stories are still pretty disparate, but the payoff for sticking through Urasawa's stories to their full development is usually well worth the wait.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Asadora! #6
February 27, 2023
|
|
Urasawa is the master at weaving many threads together in such an entertaining way. This volume gives a little more on the progress of Asa's friends as she's saved the day -- and the Olympics. It's nice to have these reprieves from the action, but it's also nice to see how some of these storylines are coming together, especially the ones with Asa's gal friends and their alternative dreams. The two gals come clean about the secret lives they've been leading, but Asa doesn't return the favor. That will be an interesting revalation when it does happen! I also enjoyed the weaving of the 1964 Olympics with Sho's storyline as Urasawa continues to blend fact and fiction.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Asadora! #7
March 25, 2025
|
|
The epic showdown is finally upon us between Asa and the monster, but Shota getting into the mix with his story line. Urasawa takes some twists and turns inspiration from his previous works, like Pluto, to heighten the intensity and reward longtime readers and fans of his work. Shota's plot line and his descent is in direct contrast to Asa's courageousness and relative success in her heroic story line. I was rooting for Shota to resist the entire time knowing he wouldn't, but I also was excitedly surprised to see the direction Urasawa took it in
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ascendance of a Bookworm |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Ascendance of a Bookworm #2
January 13, 2022
|
|
Myne's struggles are so cute and disheartening at the same time. For all the books she read in her previous life, she has a lot of problems remembering the early forms of writing in order to get her hands on a full-length book. She has such passion for reading and books but such a long road ahead of her, especially because she has to learn a new writing system. She does use Japanese on her clay tablets, but that means nobody but her will be able to read it. I appreciate the attention to detail, and think the pacing of this is really well done. Some readers might be frustrated with how long it's going to take Myne to get to her books, but I think it's a realistic depiction given what she needs to accomplish.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Ascendance of a Bookworm #3
April 30, 2022
|
|
This series continues to be extremely cute, and Myne is a wonderful character. She has so many ideas and knows so much more than others around her, but her physical limitations are her equalizer - she has to rely on Lutz for a lot of things, and their friendship is really heartwarming. There are some massive hurdles to Myne's plan to make books, and sometimes she becomes discouraged, but overall, she's navigating this other world and not giving up on her dream. This volume does provide some more world-building for us as Myne and Lutz get to go to other parts of the city and learn about merchants.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Assassination Classroom #2 |
Jun 06, 2024
show
|
|
There are some crude jokes and fan service at Ms. Vitch’s expense, including her continuing to accost Nagisa by shoving his face into her boobs. This running gag is most likely meant as a cheap way to destroy any credibility and encourage the audience instantly hate Ms. Vitch, making her a direct foil for the overly caring Koro-sensei. The joke doesn’t age particularly well and comes off more as an assault, so it’s a shame that this is the way the contrast between the two adult characters was made. Outside of that unfortunate joke, this volume provided a little more development of the students within 3-E, and gave some context to the power struggle between the teachers and the principal at the school.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Aw, Nuts!: The Crumbelievable Adventures of Peanut & Jelly #1 |
Sep 15, 2025
show
|
|
This story is full of food puns and wise cracks at the expense of our titular characters, and there are plenty of jokes for all ages, including the adults who might be reading this with their kids. Only one pun receives an editorial note, and its explanation may still require readers to know the difference between nuts and legumes. Humor aside, the chemistry and camaraderie between Peanut and Jelly is as wholesome as Mike and Sully from Monsters, Inc. -- friends supporting each other through lofty goals and working through difficult challenges as they arise. Perry's bright animation-style illustrations give characters lots of energy throughout and heighten the overall silliness without crossing into caricature.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Baki The Grappler (2025) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Baki The Grappler #1
October 14, 2025
|
|
This is absolutely over the top in a good way. Baki is full of outlandish fight scenes with elaborate and unbelievable power-ups and abilities that absolutely couldn't exist in real life. Baki himself is an overpowered and rather dopey, doe-eyed main character who has apparently seen some things but has still retained his innocence.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Baki The Grappler #2
January 6, 2026
|
|
Itagaki blends character backstory in between brutal fight sequences to balance world-building in a way that creates suspense for the fights overall. We slowly learn about this scary opponent as Itagaki doles out information to make him creepier as the fight goes on, ramping up our concern for Baki’s safety. There are also some nice tid-bits throughout this volume of Baki’s past and we get a taste for why Baki is putting himself through all these fights. However, some of the wonderful side characters from volume one are completely absent in this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Beatrice #1 |
Mar 07, 2026
show
|
|
To begin, this title seemed like a regressor to Beatrice/Chloe, but there's another twist that brings in another past life in Korea. The real-world connection comes much later in the volume, perhaps as a way to be different than other regressor titles. Instead, it hits as a bit jarring because it's a second stab at a previous life and becomes billed as Chloe having even more convenient background knowledge to help her in her current environment. Once the narrative begins to weave all of Chloe's talents, everything smooths out and makes me wish that there were hints to Korea at the beginning of the volume. On the positive side, Chloe is sweet, hardworking, and caring. There's most likely going to be a romance, but it's a slow burn that will build over multiple volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Beauty and the Beast of Paradise Lost (20210 |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Beauty and the Beast of Paradise Lost #1
August 5, 2022
|
|
I really enjoyed this retelling of Beauty and the Beast with the twists of having a different bad guy pulling the strings and the inclusion of otherworldly magic. Yuki sets up the main conflict perfectly in this first volume with little teases that will make readers start to theorize about what is really happening, but I suspect we will be completely off base by the end. Belle's switch from being a shut-in to standing up for herself is pretty sudden and could have used a little more of a solid reasoning. I also didn't care for her dedication to her father despite knowing how evil of a person he became to her, but I understand that type of loyalty is hard to shake for family members.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Beauty and the Beast of Paradise Lost #2
October 6, 2022
|
|
This volumes lays the groundwork for the romantic entanglement that probably every reader will see coming. So far, there's not much reason for Belle to be in love with Cyril other than seeing the way he is devoted to his Belle. It's also revealed that Cyril and (Old) Belle hadn't known each other for very long before the curse was set upon them, so that might work out for (New) Belle in the long run. The part I find most interesting in this story is the villainess and her power to collect faces of other ladies. This, to me, is a nice variation on the trope of bad guys fighting to stay young and vibrant. The illustrations are still absolutely beautiful and really heighten the enjoyment of this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Beauty and the Beast of Paradise Lost #3
January 30, 2023
|
|
This volume ramps up the romance that the author admits has been more so in the background thus far. Given how much this is taking from the original Beauty and the Beast narrative, I'm not surprised to find la Médium also has feelings for the prince the Beast used to be. Now, this guy has THREE women chasing after him, although one is incased in crystal (minor inconvenience). There is also some lovely development of the Idole character, Isolde, so I hope to get to know more of the castle folk in future volumes. Yuki has beautifully brought to life her rendition of this classic fairy tale, and has managed to invoke some strong emotional ties for me already in the first three volumes. I'm definitely hooked on this series, and other readers who like fantasy romances, like The Ancient Magus' Bride, might also enjoy this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Beauty and the Beast of Paradise Lost #4
September 18, 2023
|
|
For readers rooting for our Belle and Beast to get together in the end, they'll be happy to see that Princess Belle is kind of a jerk after all. Cyril definitely softens though, and is not so much a beast as a pathetic creature consigned to his fate. in previous volumes, he seemed to actually be in love with his Belle, but the shine is gone now and it's clear that she annoys him. But, with only one volume left, there's not a lot of room left to get those two together and take care of La Médium!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Beauty and the Beast of Paradise Lost #5
August 13, 2025
|
|
Perhaps in an effort to depart from the fairy tale source material, this ending takes a wild turn into surreal territory, mixes in time travel and celestial-ism, and, for me, sort of ruins the rest of the series. I'm not sure why there needed to be such a leap in the last 100 pages of this volume, but I really would have enjoyed the series more if it had been more of a retelling of the fairy tale. The explanation was extremely rushed and disjointed, as if Yuki was cramming a whole volume's worth of exposition and exploration into a chapter or two. I enjoyed the first four volumes, and Yuki's illustrations are gorgeous. Unfortunately, because the ending sought to weave itself throughout the series and explain, moments going back to the beginning, the ending left me highly dissatisfied, and I sort of wish I hadn't read the last half of this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Beneath the Falling Camellia Blooms #1 |
Jun 20, 2026
show
|
|
this is a heartbreaking and sweet story about two broken souls who will hopefulyl find some acceptance with each other despite their harsh upbringing. Haruichi sets good boundaries and seems to be hoping to round out Tsubaki’s education and life skills so that she’s not set up for failure later in life. There are a lot of positive moments of healing for both of them while they try to wrestle with the trauma they've been dealt by their families.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Black Clover #1 |
May 31, 2026
show
|
|
This first volume covers a lot of ground in the plot department and is a typical volume one of Shonen manga. A lot of characters are introduced, including ones from Asta and Yuno's childhood but also a fair amount of rivals and compatriots in the trials. Some of these side characters are not always fully clothed, including a witch who lazes about the Black Bulls headquarters in her underwear. Tabata also lays a lot of foundational world-building in this entry volume with the introduction of the magic system and the social strata magic-users recognize amongst each other. So far, there's nothing about this series that stands out from other shonen manga, but it may need time to develop given how packed this first entry was.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blade Girl #1 |
Dec 24, 2025
show
|
|
Rin’s training and journey for self-discovery is one part Run on Your New Legs, one part Medalist, with a dash of shonen battle manga training arc. She’s got the beginnings of a jealous bully even. Her coach is not as warm and cuddly as the coaches in Medalist, but her bubbly attitude and wealth of positivity is enough (once she very quickly gets over her sadness at the beginning). Shigematsu could stand to slow down and write the big feelings Rin must be feeling with a little more care instead of rushing the plot.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blade of the Moon Princess #1 |
Oct 15, 2023
show
|
|
This is a bit of a departure from Endo's other works, somewhere in between Tista and Spy x Family, but it also gives me some remnants of The Lunar Chronicles by Marissa Meyers. The beginning half of this story on the Moon Kingdom was quite engrossing, but there was a huge tone shift when Kaguya gets to Earth and the planet is far more primitive than the futuristic society she's used to. I felt Kaguya's culture shock with her, which was a great bit of storytelling. Readers looking for the humor that Endo peppers throughout Spy x Family won't find much here as this story has more commentary on humanity and societies and how we treat one another, so there is less room for humor overall.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blissful Land #1 |
Feb 06, 2023
show
|
|
This is a very comforting read and a little more kid-friendly than A Bride’s Story. Khang and Rati are relatively the same age, and, so far, there’s no nudity. The whole story has a very slow, comforting pace that blends slice-of-life with iyashikei. The two mains are both good people with good hearts who want to help each other and other townsfolk, so the message of building community is strong and wholesome. This might appeal to romance readers who want something a little more laid back and without the usual comedy-of-errors storylines that abound in romance manga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Block'd OGN |
Jan 14, 2025
show
|
|
Cam's dad is aggressive and wants his son to use his abilities to get what he wants including winning Basketball games. The anger isn’t directly addressed. Dad reads as someone who peaked in high school but still rules in this small town. We don’t know what happened to Cam's mom. Dad’s ex-girlfriend is dating the Coach. Vibrant pop art helps distract from plot issues.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blood Blade #1 |
Feb 14, 2024
show
|
|
First off, the summary keeps saying Count Vlad Dracula, and I'm wondering if I missed something or if this is some sort of spoiler. The first volume set up our main character as a incarnation of Vlad the Impaler but didn't mention Dracula at all that I can recall, so either I skipped something or the main girl is a cross between Vlad the Impaler and Dracula. That aside, Sei has a problem with drawing two eyeballs at once, and constantly wants to have something covering the other eye, whether it's the Vlad's hair or something else obscuring. Not sure what was behind that choice, but it just became sort of a campy choice that pulled me away from the narrative after a while. Like, spot the contorted way Vlad was going to be positioned so that she didn't have two eyeballs exposed again.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blood on the Tracks #1 |
Oct 13, 2022
show
|
|
I knew going into this book that it was supposed to be creepy and unsettling, but I probably still would have found the story creepy without the warning. For almost all of the book, everything seems perfectly normal and bland, but I was waiting for the other shoe to drop every time I turned the page. It finally happens at the end of the book, so this might completely surprise and jar some readers while entice others to continue into the next volume. I will personally want to read a few more volumes before considering it for my school library to see where the violence and creepiness leads. This first volume would be fine for high school audiences, but definitely not younger readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blue Box #1 |
Jun 06, 2023
show
|
|
This volume mixes romance and sports manga and sprinkles some humor in for good measure. The pacing is a bit slower than some other popular romance titles, but the build-up to Chinatsu moving in is perfect. There is a false sense of security -- at first, readers might think they have the story figured out, but Miura creates a compelling narrative, and I honestly forgot to be looking for the twist! The awkwardness Taiki feels throughout the volume is palpable and will definitely resonate with teen readers. This would pair nicely with the humor and social awkwardness of Romantic Killer.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blue Lock (2021) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Blue Lock #1
April 1, 2022
|
|
There is a lot of manga out of Japan that has the lessons of cooperation, friendship, trying your best, always being positive… this is definitely not one of them. This fits more in line with sports training from other countries, where super stars are encouraged to leave others behind, where they sacrifice friendships and their personal lives for the sake of their game. This isn’t the best message to be putting in front of impressionable young people, but darn it if this story isn’t engaging and addicting. This title has already done well with digital sales, so the print release is sure to be successful with teen readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Blue Lock #2
June 21, 2022
|
|
This volume continues with the intensity laid down in volume one, even though most readers can probably surmise how the team will overall fair from the tournament. Kaneshiro manages to keep the suspense up despite the obvious. I really appreciated how the team had to come together and work together despite Ego continuously saying they need to stop that sort of cooperation in order to succeed. There is some suspension of disbelief needed though when the other teams reveal their strategies, and most of them have decided to push one person over the other ten, something that Ego sort of made it seem would get them eliminated. This is a great high-intensity sports manga that will keep readers flying through the pages.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Blue Lock #3
September 5, 2022
|
|
The odds against Team Z are almost too high in this third volume, but that's part of the appeal of such a ludicrous premise such as this. In my heart, I know they have to win because Isagi is our main character, but Kaneshiro makes me believe up until the moment that Team Z can lose. Isagi also has to grow a lot in this volume as his team really struggles with being betrayed. He's still not the best player on the team, but he's getting better and he's also better about motivating others to do their best (which is exactly what Ego DOESN'T want). Maybe Isagi will be able to convince Ego that Japanese strikers can be amazing and still be great collaborative players.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Blue Lock #4
July 8, 2023
|
|
It was really awesome to see Isagi bring his team together in volumes 3 and 4, and see how they figured out how to use everyone's unique talents, But, I'm also glad that Kaneshiro found a way to up the ante and derail Team Z's plans in an interesting way because too many matches of them winning as they did in volume 3 would have taken some of the high-stakes tension out of the volume. Some readers may have seen Kuon's betrayal coming, but I did not!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Blue Lock #5
July 20, 2023
|
|
There are some surprises in this volume that make the first round of competition make a lot more sense, especially given how our main characters were in the "bottom" of a very difficult competition, and I was not looking forward to the amount of struggle the would have to go through to get to the top. I am also glad that the second round of competition is going to be set up a little differently than the first round, but sat to see some of Isagi's teammates are not going to be with him anymore. This does mean that some of the cool characters from other teams that we met throughout the last four volumes are going to be more important now, so that means that was work Kaneshiro spent wisely building up some of his side characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Blue Period #2 |
Jul 13, 2022
show
|
|
I checked out volume 2 just to make sure this series is not for me, and it isn’t. There’s still a lot of explanation in this volume, which might be appealing to readers who are interested in art or have a background in it, but for me, this is missing a little more substance in terms of character development. We get a little bit of Yatora as he tries to figure out his artistic voice, and as he has conversations with the adults in his life about going to art school, but the rest of the characters surrounding Yatora are underdeveloped and sort of blend together in personality.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Bonds OGN |
Aug 30, 2025
show
|
|
This fun take on the Journey to the West mythology provides a familiar setting for ZENZO's artwork to shine. Within a relatively few pages, ZENZO creates tension and builds enough of a connection with Goku where I already feel upset that Sanzo has betrayed his trust. Emotions are well conveyed throughout the illustrations, and I particularly liked the use of shading and screen tones to portray the different textures within the mountain setting.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Bounce Back (2021) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Bounce Back #1
September 8, 2025
|
|
Any kid who has moved, lost their friends, and/or experienced some culture shock will empathize with Lilico’s struggles to find her place in her new school and figure out where she belongs now. Misako draws on some familiar tropes of childhood friendship, falling out, and the need to fit in pushing us to make difficult choices. Each of these difficult topics is treated with compassion and care, and given weight, not dismissed as "childish" or insignificant as sometimes can happen with stories concerning growing up. The coloring is very soft and pastel throughout, which, coupled with the subject matter, provides a comforting quality to the story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Bounce Back: No Such Thing as Perfect #2
October 1, 2025
|
|
In this volume, there are more tropes typical to childhood stories -- sorting feelings, figuring out who you are -- but Emma has to work on her relationship with her family more than what we saw in the first volume with Lilico. Also, Emma has a lot of complicated emotions about how her family impacts her identity and being able to fully feel her range of emotions, especially as it relates to being able to fully express herself when she feels frustrated and unsupported by her family members. These difficult transitional periods are common amongst tween and teen readers, and I think a lot of them will relate to the struggles Emma is facing on and off the basketball court.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Boy's Abyss #1 |
Jul 06, 2023
show
|
|
The sadness and despair from Reiji is palpable and gets more tragic the more we see and feel how trapped he is. Nagi’s situation is a much slower burn, taking almost the whole book to reveal why she feels the need to commit suicide. The pacing and character development for Reiji and Nagi is done very well, as my heart is broken for the both of them at the end of the book. This is obviously a story for mature readers, as the two discuss suicide a lot, have sex, and Nagi shows up naked repeatedly in Reiji’s head.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Boys Run the Riot (2021) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Boys Run the Riot #2
February 23, 2022
|
|
Ryo's new coworker Mizuki is a wonderful addition to a cast that was lacking in some common sense and wisdom. She helps Ryo feel comfortable in his skin (and clothes), and challenges him to start thinking about who he might be attracted to. In volumes one and two, Ryo was mostly focused on being seen as a boy and not necessarily what his life would be like after that. Mizuki is another artist as well, and her calm confidence helps Ryo feel like his skills are worth something. Jin and the third boy from volume one are almost entirely absent from this volume, so Jin fans might be upset. The cliffhanger for this volume is absolutely brutal and might need to come with a trigger warning for some readers (forced outing), so the fallout from this volume is sure to be brutal in volume three.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Boys Run the Riot #3
October 21, 2022
|
|
Although it happened in a really crappy way, it is good to see Ryo finally being proud of who he is and embracing it with his classmates. I sincerely hope Chika knocks it off in the last volume and gets to a place where she accepts the journey Ryō was on. The major takeaway for me in this volume was just how much many societies (in this case, Japanese and the parallels I see in US society) are fixated on asking folks from the LGBTQ+ community about their bodies and sexual attractions, like they are entitled to this information, or, depending on the answer, it will help the person decide whether they fully support the LGTBQ+ person. The ending to this volume is perfect, and a lovely reminder to the cis-folk that these questions are invasive.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Bride of the Death God #1 |
Dec 27, 2025
show
|
|
Aibi is a complicated character, made so from her environment and the circumstances of her curse. It’s nice to see a protagonist who is a little bit twisty and not completely altruistic, but the switches from “good girl” to slightly manipulative are subtle and can be off-putting at times. The god of death gets cheated, actually, as Aibi steals the show in this first volume, so he gets relegated to more of a cookie-cutter shojo romance character instead of having more page time dedicated to his development. Hopefully, he has time to shine in further volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cant Stop Cursing You #1 |
Jul 25, 2022
show
|
|
The feel and premise of this story is very much like Death Note, with that dance back and forth between the Killer and law enforcement who are trying to break the case. Similarly with Death Note, the police find help in an outside source who isn't a police officer. The pacing of this story is much faster, however, with the story centered around Saeyama, the hunter, instead of the Curse Killers, and Saeyama may potentially break one case per volume. This is, overall, a pretty dark murder-mystery where the audience knows almost everything and just watches the cat-and-mouse game unfold, bringing some heightened levels of suspense depending on which characters they choose to root for.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cardcaptor Sakura: Clear Card |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Cardcaptor Sakura: Clear Card #4
August 13, 2022
|
|
This volume has a beautifully bittersweet moment with Sakura and the old man since the audience is going to know a lot more than Sakura. I had some reservations and "stranger-danger" feelings while reading it, but the realization is so satisfying. The casting and execution of the play with Sakura's cast is amusing. We also see a major transition in this volume - Li starts to have feelings for Sakura instead of Yukito, but of course Sakura is still oblivious. This book has the nastiest of the cliffhangers thus far, so readers will definitely want to get right back into it with volume five.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Cardcaptor Sakura: Clear Card #5
August 26, 2022
|
|
As we get to the resolution of Sakura's collection of the Clow Cards, we see a lot of Clow Reed's prophecy points come to fruition. This is a nice, tidy way to have a story come together and have a sense of conclusion. But, just like other magical girl stories, like Sailor Moon, the peace is over far too quickly, and nobody can get used to their new lives with their new powers before some other big bad comes in and tries to mess everything up again. In the original publication, this volume was two separate ones and the second half was the beginning of "Master of the Clow" series, but in current publications, there is no distinction and no way of separately collecting the two series. This means the only natural stopping point for library shelves is right before the current "Clear Card" run, so you'll need all four omnibus volumes or all nine Collector's Editions.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Cardcaptor Sakura: Clear Card #6
September 16, 2022
|
|
There are so many mysteries in this volume that readers are sure to be emersed in figuring out the answers. Some are going to be obvious for older readers to figure out, but others will leave us on the hook until after this volume. Sakura has to contend with her new cards and transforming magic, but also new students at school who are all connected to the Clow Cards. Of course, Tomoyo is on hand to make Sakura new outfits for her new battles, so there are still a lot of beautiful illustrations and full-page spreads to captivate
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cells at Work! Code Black #1 |
Apr 13, 2022
show
|
|
If you want to feel bad about the choices you make living your adult life, read up! I’ve never smoked, but my heart hurt for all those poor Red Blood Cells basically dying from smoke inhalation. And the state they're in once they're sprayed with alcohol isn't much better! Even though it turned out alright for them in the end, the trials the red blood cells went through once they were doused with alcohol gave me pause. Although this is definitely for a mature audience, this is a great entry into the universe of Cells at Work!, where I've already learned so much about the body in general from the main series, and a lot about how babies survive in their infancy from Cells at Work!: Baby. Now, excuse me, while I go cut out artery-clogging foods and go take a walk.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Chainsaw Man |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Chainsaw Man #2
March 23, 2023
|
|
Despite this being overly violent and hormone fueled, Denji stumbles upon some really poignant life lessons in this volume. The pursuit of our dreams often makes us happier than actually attaining our dreams, and to learn that lesson with something fairly trivial speaks to how unadulterated Denji is despite everything that’s happened to him in his short life. There might be some powerful philosophical points, but this is also a gratuitously violent story that is redefining shōnen manga similarly to what Akira did. Folks will definitely be talking about this series for decades!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Chainsaw Man #3
April 27, 2023
|
|
Ok so let's get the yuck out of the way first - yes, there's puke, and yes it's drawn with just as much detail as the rest of the story. Fujimoto is upping the ante every volume, so who knows where we're going from puke-kiss. The two end up back at Himeno's apartment and she does start to undress Denji, but he backs out as he doesn't want her to be his first. After the kind of peaceful morning and everyone getting back to work, Fujimoto kicks the action into overdrive with who is shot and potentially dead by the end of this volume. My heart literally started racing as more folks were getting shot, so anything getting that kind of emotional reaction might be worth reading through the yuck.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cheeky Brat #1 |
Mar 23, 2022
show
|
|
I have been known to like that whole frenemies-to-lovers trope, but it doesn’t work as well in this story, mainly because there really isn’t much about Naruse that is likable to me. I’m definitely not a fan on non-consensual touching, but it seems Naruse is, and that doesn't sit well with me as an educator and as a person. I definitely wouldn't want a student seeing Naruse's actions, which often go without consequences, and decide this is a way to get a girl to like you. Body violations aside, the tension and development Yuki goes through during this volume is somewhat interesting, and she has a compelling amount of characterization in this first volume to make her an interesting character.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cherry Blossoms After Winter #1 |
Nov 10, 2025
show
|
|
Seasoned readers of BL will clue in pretty quickly why Taesung didn't want Haebom to live with them, but less experienced readers might be along for the ride on this slow-burn romance. As Taesung begins to stand up for Haebom and show his protectiveness, the story becomes very sweet. Haebom's bullies are pretty one-dimensional and classic stereotypes, so there is a part of me that hopes we are done with them so they can be gone, but another part of me hopes that they can come back and have some more depth or development and not just be a trope. Bamwoo has put a lot of effort into Taesung and Haebom to make them relatable and likeable, but so far, other characters are only around to serve as plot points or decoration. Regardless, romance fans will enjoy the misunderstandings and revelations between the two leads as they finally understand and open up to each other about years of unrequited love.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Children of the Sea #1 |
Jul 11, 2022
show
|
|
This volume has a lot of set up and moves at a slower pace than most manga. There is a sense of urgency at the end in regards to Umi and Sora, so some readers who are invested in them might continue reading. There are moments where we peek into Ruka's past and her family life, which are great for her characterization, but otherwise, Ruka is an audience stand-in, meant to observe Umi and Sora and try to figure out how they're different. She could use some more personality in order to stand up to the two boys. There are also undertones of environmentalism throughout, but ultimately, readers leave this volume with possibly too many questions to keep interested in what's happening.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Chobits #3 |
Apr 15, 2022
show
|
|
This volume continues the philosophical debate about persocoms being more human than machine. Ueda's marriage to a persocom brings up some painful things, like whether persocoms are better companions than humans, but another picture book Hideki picks up points out there are things persocoms can do that humans can't, but there are things humans can do that persocoms can't. There is some more intrigue in this volume as we get a little bit more revealed of Hideki's landlord, who has something to do with the Chobits experiment, and it seems the team of Hideki-Minoru-Dragonfly are close to revealing Chi's mysterious past and previous owner. This series is supremely engaging with these tidbits of mystery interlaced with a fairly difficult philosophical debate.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Choujin X #1 |
Mar 13, 2023
show
|
|
This is a wacky horror story that is nothing like Tokyo Ghoul, Ishida's more popular work. Readers looking for another rich world might be disappointed with the zany and rather slap-dash feel of this world. Within the first volume, there aren't many characters to invest in, as the two high schoolers aren't given a lot of page-time nor are they yet developed as two individual characters. Fans of Dandadan or other campy comedy-horrors might enjoy this story, but it probably won't enjoy as wide a readership as Tokyo Ghoul.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Clementine #1 |
Mar 29, 2022
show
|
|
This character is from the Telltale Walking Dead games, so if you're a big fan of the show and don't know who she is, that's why. There's a good chance readers are not familiar with this small portion of TWD fandom, but it isn't necessary. Walden provides enough in flashbacks for the reader to understand Clementine. There might be some other characters from her past that I lost context on by not playing the game, but they're only on-page for a few panels. Regardless of the character's backstory, this is another entry into a crowded zombie-apocalyse genre, and there isn't a ton to make this story stand out from others. It might make a good addition to junior high and high school shelves where The Walking Dead is too mature.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Clock Striker #2 |
Dec 15, 2024
show
|
|
While I really enjoyed volume one, the character work and backstory dive we got on Mrs. Clock in this volume made this a sophomore stand out. The stakes are considerably raised from where we began, and now I have a better grasp on what Cast is questing to become as a Striker. My level of adoration for Mrs. Clock being a smith is starting to match Cast's enthusiasm. The balance of world building and plot development in this volume was appreciated and helped answer a lot of questions that remained from volume one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Colette Decides to Die (2024) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Colette Decides to Die #1
December 9, 2024
|
|
It’s not hard to see where the foundation of the romance elements in this story are coming from, and with the plethora of Hades/Persephone retellings in play right now because of the popularity of Lore Olympus, it’s nice to see something slightly different. The illustrations are very typical shōjo with lots of close ups on characters and plenty of flowers mixed in. Hades occasionally gets some beautiful clothing with some intricate detailing, and those panels are amazing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Colette Decides to Die #2
March 18, 2025
|
|
The budding relationship between the Lord of the Underworld and our strong willed apothecary takes a few steps forward in this volume, but it’s still progressing at a glacial pace. It was also enjoyable to see the Celestial Realm and involve more gods from the pantheon, even if the goddesses were running Colette ragged with their demands. The story line overall has a slow and pleasant atmosphere, which makes the two-in-one volumes worth the investment for romance fans wanting a long-form story to sink their teeth into.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Cosplay Basics: A Beginner's Guide to the Art of Costume Play OGN |
Nov 08, 2025
show
|
|
Some of the advice is specific to Japanese cosplay events and may not be as applicable, but the book is still a solid primer for creating costumes and getting into the cosplay culture. Another challenge with creating nonfiction content is that some of the websites listed will become defunct or not be available in North America, or will be links to Japanese websites without international shipping. Regardless, the sentiments are still consistent, such as finding some pre-made pieces versus hand-making all pieces, or researching costumer makers available to your local region. Despite the challenges of localizing something that's specifically made for a community in Japan, this title still provides insight into a popular community that readers in North America are interested in.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Crazy Food Truck #1 |
Apr 02, 2022
show
|
|
This was a fun adventure and a little bit different of an apocalypse story that has sort of worked into my brain and made me intensely curious for what other shenanigans the two can get into.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Creepy Cat #1 |
Apr 22, 2025
show
|
|
Creepy Cat, like many other cat protagonists in manga, is often hilarious, but at times can be a bit ghastly. This story has the right amount of horror to appeal to younger audiences and provide them with a bit of scary while not being completely nightmare-fuel. The format is narratively connected, mostly 4-panel (yonkoma) comics, which makes the overall storyline a bit choppy but lends the voicing to a juvenile, children's comic playfulness. Valent's art is drenched in dark colors to set the gothic mood, but there are plenty of pastels and whites to stay connected to black-and-white manga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
D.Gray-man |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
D.Gray-man #1
June 12, 2025
|
|
The first chapter hooked me immediately with Allen's compelling fight against a terrifying human weapon. But, after that, the story got a little complicated as Allen joined the Black Order and the action started back up. The world-building and exposition was very quick, as was the introduction of several side characters who didn't get a lot of time to develop before many of them were sent on a mission to obtain Innocence. Hopefully, there will be time to sort out all of that important information, as I've heard nothing but good things about this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
D.Gray-man #2
August 11, 2025
|
|
Now that we’ve landed on this storyline of chasing down material as being the main motivator, the action and plot development is a little more even than it was in volume one. Some of the action sequences in this volume were slightly hard to track, but within a few panels, everything gets figured out. Most of volume two is consumed with battling the akuma and Allen learning to fight a much more advanced enemy than he's ever fought before, which allowed for his character to develop slightly, but didn't leave much room for many others. Kanda is a dark-and-broody type with an interesting foundation of mystery in this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Daemons of the Shadow Realm (2023) |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Daemons of the Shadow Realm #1
January 11, 2025
|
|
As a consummate Fullmetal Alchemist fan, I'm constantly holding every Arakawa series up to that standard, and it's an unfair bar to set. I went into this series pleasantly surprised to be reading another fantasy series, but the twist halfway through this volume had me reeling... not so pleased at first, but with some space and reflection, I'm actually glad that Arakawa chose to make this an entirely different series from previous outings. The suspense and character development in the first volume has me invested enough to continue reading, even if this wasn't the fantasy action I was initially promised.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Daemons of the Shadow Realm #2
April 17, 2025
|
|
Now that the narrative is more or less settled after the shocking turn in volume one, things are starting to get interesting and Arakawa is able to establish the magic system with the daemons and their wielders in a bit more of a logical sense. The action in this volume is easy to follow as the daemons move in pairs and are often a foil or compliment to one another. There's a lot about this story that reminds me of Ceres: Celestial Legend with twins on competing sides of a celestial battle, so I'm getting very nostalgic with the storyline.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Daemons of the Shadow Realm #3
May 14, 2025
|
|
After a little more info dumping, we finally get some forward progress and a clear direction into where the story is going to go and potentially who some of the bad guys are. The powers the twins have still isn’t fully clear, but there’s enough groundwork to get the narrative rolling. This volume also has some more classic Arakawa humor as Yuru explores his new surroundings and figures out the “magic” of the strange world he now finds himself in.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Daemons of the Shadow Realm #4
January 13, 2026
|
|
There are already quite a lot of characters to keep track of in this story so far, and I hope readers are in for a few more. We also don't get a lot of information on the characters we've already met, so it can be challenging to keep everyone straight. There are a few flashes back and forth to the Kagemori compound to check in on Asa, but they're not illuminating enough, especially considering Jin Kagemori was chosen for the cover photo. This series is suffering slightly from balancing multiple perspectives and providing enough information to move the narrative forward.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dai Dark (2021) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Dai Dark #2
October 25, 2022
|
|
Just like volume one, this space adventure is over-the-top in a good way. Nothing really needs explanation even if it’s not inherently clear because Hayashida moves like everything is evident, and the reader is right along for the ride. The world-building is subtle and folded into the action, so there might be confusion at first, but if it's actually important, it'll get cleared up eventually. There is plenty, though, that the reader just has to go along with. There are definitely some silly moments mixed in amongst all the killing and fighting - there are quite a few butthole jokes and other moments of hilarity.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dai Dark #3
April 25, 2023
|
|
This is definitely one of those books where you’re just along for the ride and it turns out to be pretty entertaining. We find out that Sanko isn’t impervious, and we also get to learn more about Shimada’s powers, which are pretty extensive. The whole world is definitely gritty and gruesome, as their main goal is to collect people's bones after they kill them. The Light cult ends up not being as clean as they seem on the surface. I also appreciated the customization of Sanko's ship and seeing all the upgrades and modifications finally in place. It was an interesting transition, though, going from high-stakes near-death moments to checking out fun compartments.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dandadan #1 |
Oct 11, 2022
show
|
|
This is a pretty wild story with a lot of inappropriate moments that would probably automatically exclude it from my school library. The first major inappropriate joke is within the first twenty pages, but the mangaka doubles down with a ghost obsessed with eating penises who is the main antagonist of this first volume. I can see how this story would be considered humorous, especially as we’re seeing more stories coming out that make sexual punch lines integral to the storyline, like Chainsaw Man. This story is also ridiculous for ridiculous' sake at some moments, like Undead Unluck, so it will appeal to readers of that over-the-top humorous style.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Daughter of the Emperor #1 |
Dec 14, 2022
show
|
|
At first glance, it's really hard to find anything redeeming about the Emperor, but as he warms up to Ari in later chapters, he starts to expose a softer side to himself. He puts up a brave front and constantly vocalizes how he doesn't like her, but he's very protective and visits Ari every day to make sure she is healthy and has everything she needs. In this first volume, his softness doesn't affect his rule at all, but it will be interesting to see how he changes as a ruler because of his love for his daughter - will he start to appreciate human life outside of his own family, or will he become more tyrannical in an effort to keep her as safe as possible?
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Daughters of Snow and Cinders OGN |
Jul 09, 2023
show
|
|
This book was beautiful and haunting, especially the overt reminders of the destruction humans are working upon the earth every day. Tamarit uses a lot of Native imagery and other mythological influences in her story - Mother Earth is feminine and it is up to the women to restore her balance; the violence and exploitation are wholly masculine, and the imbalance among the two forces allow for destruction and destitution of the natural resources. The wolf spirit that follows the characters could have its origin in many Native American tribal origin stories where wolf spirits are often vital in creation mythos. Aside from these deeper meanings, Tamarit develops some interesting characters without using a lot of dialogue and instead relies on her illustrations and showing meaningful actions. There are several wordless pages, but readers won't have any trouble pulling together the narrative across the page. The message can be a little heavy handed at times, however, as if Tamarit wanted to
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Days on Fes #1 |
Jan 17, 2023
show
|
|
This is a very comforting, but slow-paced story. The chapter with Ritsuru and Gaku at past festivals was my favorite as the two friends are complete foils of each other, and we learn way more about those two characters than the rest of the chapters with the girls. My least favorite thing was the amount of fonts used. There were at least 6 different fonts - some of them were to express an emotion, some were assigned as the main speaking font for a specific character, and some were seemingly arbitrary. If every character had their own font and there was something else used to show excitement or other emotions, it would make a little more sense and probably not bother me as much, but it got to the point in this volume where it pulled me out of the story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Days with My Stepsister #1 |
Oct 16, 2024
show
|
|
This is the slowest of slow burn storylines that could possibly lead to a romance between the two step siblings in future volumes, though it would be nice if this could be one of the rare stories that doesn't lead to a romantic entanglement. While their conversations were healthy and decent enough, not a lot happens to move the plot along. There is a little bit of character development of the two leads and some good interactions, but not much in the way of supporting characters or development of the world around them.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Deadman Wonderland (2014) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Deadman Wonderland #1
June 4, 2025
|
|
This haunting story is fully of wacky people, none of whom we spend enough time with in this volume. The pacing is incredibly fast but marred with some pacing issues, and the dialogue can be a little hard to follow, causing some confusion and narrative flow issues. Despite these drawbacks, there is a lot of suspense and intrigue created in this first volume, mixed with a fair amount of violence and bloodshed. Readers who enjoy fast-paced, action-packed stories mixed with a bit of horror will enjoy this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Deadman Wonderland #2
June 25, 2025
|
|
The pacing and action in this volume have definitely improved over volume one. The level of violence and people dying is pretty steady, with some of the most gruesome bits happening just off the page, but there are still plenty of bloody scenes happening right in full view to make this a grisly body horror title. This story is great for battle royale style fans, like if there was actually death to Blue Lock.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Deadpool: Samurai |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Deadpool: Samurai #1
March 7, 2022
|
|
This book is literally laugh-out-loud funny. I haven't laughed this many times reading a manga since I read The Way of the Househusband vol 1. The fourth-wall breaks are really well done, but most of the humor comes from poking fun at the manga publishing industry. On the surface, this might seem like it would be a good bridge for comicbook readers to get into manga, but I think it would actually work the other way around. Comicbook readers won't have the prerequisite knowledge about other manga series or the publishing industry itself to truly appreciate the jokes. This volume's jokes are a lot more PG than most Deadpool comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Deadpool: Samurai #2
August 8, 2022
|
|
This volume has some hilarious moments, not as many as the first, but still some decent one-liners and laugh-out-loud jokes. There are a lot of marvel heroes and villains in this volume, so this could definitely still serve as a nice cross-over between manga and comicbook fans. The ending is has the most meta fourth-wall break and really puts a nice Deadpool cherry on these two volumes arc. The bonus material is just as fun as the main storyline. The writer does mention that this is it for now, but he's open to further volumes depending on the reception of the first two, so hopefully fans enjoy this enough to support more volumes!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Death Note #2 |
May 06, 2022
show
|
|
This story is very cerebral, so don't come looking for lots of action or to see people be killed. In fact, almost all of the killings thus far have been off-page. Rather, this story has panels full of inner monologue, and now that Light and L are in the same room for some of it, we get to witness their mental game of chess and read about every scenario they can imagine before they act. There is hardly a moment of down-time throughout the story - just when you think Light is going to get a little bit of a breather from L, another Kira shows up and throws everything into full gear yet again. But, because of all the internal monologue, the main storyline moves a little bit slower than some readers might be accustomed to. This is definitely for readers who enjoy intense stories that are methodical.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon (2017) |
13 issues
show
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #2
September 29, 2022
|
|
This is another fun installment and definitely not a story to read while hungry. All the food resembles real food enough that it’s easy to think of what it could taste like, and some of it sounds pretty delicious. I also enjoyed that there was more to this volume than just the food. We get a little bit more info about Senshi and his innovativeness, as well as some heartbreak for him. Reading about the orcs was also pretty interesting since they have their own society within the dungeon, and they aren't all mindless monsters. On the third floor, there was a tavern/rest area type place, and I couldn't help but wonder how they got their supplies down that far for people to enjoy fresh food and drink.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #3
February 21, 2024
|
|
While the appeal of this title has been the dungeon crawl and the meals the party consumes, it was refreshing and appreciated to have a trip down memory lane with Marcille and have a different narrative tenor come into the story. I hope to find out more about each character as the volumes progress. Laios also provides some wonderful comic relief with his singularly focused goal of trying all the monsters because it crosses with his low intelligence and gets him in some hot water in a hilarious way sometimes. There were still plenty of food-manga moments in this volume to satisfy those who like this series for that humor, so I appreciate when there is balance of world and character building to the series' signature cheekiness.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #4
March 13, 2024
|
|
In this volume, the narrative style shifts in a good way. The charm of the series has been about the characters going through their adventure, both in the dungeon and culinarily, but now we are getting into a full adventure story with complicated characters and starting to see more of what motivates each of these folks other than reviving their fallen party member. There is a lot less humor in this volume and hardly any culinary exploits, so some readers might be disappointed in the shift, but I don't think Kui is abandoning those things all together. There were some necessary plot points and background pieces that had to be delivered in order to progress the overall storyline, and I appreciated every moment of it. I hope future volumes can be a little more balanced and there can be a hint of the trademark humor that makes this series so beloved, but I'm also understanding of how needed all of this volume was as well.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #5
March 28, 2024
|
|
The story building behind just eating monsters is getting more intense and more interesting as volumes go on. Kabru starts sowing doubts about Laios and Falin being the most upstanding characters, so either this is from other people’s perspectives, or all is not right in the world of our protagonists. Chilchuck is staring to also have some depth and show feelings other than greed. There are quite a few other characters in this volume that haven’t popped up in quite some time, so we’re getting to the point where a character tree in the front of the book would be helpful. Some of these adventuring parties are getting quite large.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #6
April 26, 2024
|
|
As with all secrets in manga, this one didn’t take too long to get out there. Laios is a trusting idiot who tells probably the one person he shouldn’t have what happened, and now Kabru, the busy-body loud mouth, knows and is going to tell a bunch of folks as well. This can’t end well for our hero party! Chilchuck also turns real quick from his convictions of last volume where he said he didn’t want to venture deeper, but seeing what’s happened has changed his plan and he’s ready to go deeper.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #7
May 16, 2024
|
|
This volume has a lot of story packed into it with the development of our big bad and the drop of Senshi’s origin all in one, as well as a bit of a throwaway of Chilchick’s that he sneaks in as a way to get Senshi to open up about his. Senshi’s backstory is a payoff worth the wait as Chilchuck does a bit of deduction that turns out to be pretty accurate and whets the appetite for the full story. We are also slowly getting to know about Izutsumi through intrusive thoughts that she declines to share with her party, but they endear her to the reader.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #8
June 11, 2024
|
|
There wasn’t as much forward progress in the storyline in this volume because of the silliness of the changeling mushrooms, but seeing all of the characters in different races brought the humor of the earlier volumes back to the forefront. This levity was needed as we have been getting some darker bits over the past few volumes. It was satisfying to see the expansion on Chilchuck’s past with his family after the throwaway line from the previous volume. Kabru also gets some development and depth when we learn about his past in his plea to the elves, which I appreciated.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #9
July 11, 2024
|
|
This volume did some really fabulous work in sowing seeds of mistrust between Laios’ party and the Canaries, and now I, as a reader, have no idea who is actually on the correct path anymore. Kui has taken an unassuming food and adventure story and created lots of paths of doubt and disbelief, keeping the reader hooked and guessing all the while. At this point, we're at a sort of "Schrödinger's" plot point where both groups of characters could be on the correct path, so readers could be torn as to who to believe and who to root for moving forward.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #10
August 15, 2024
|
|
This was a satisfying volume that really dove into the creation of the dungeon itself and how Sissel became distorted in his role (it still doesn’t clear up an earlier misconception about the party believing Sissel was female, but oh well). A lot of lingering questions were answered, and there was also ample time given to understand an humanize Sissel's struggle. Based on what happened in previous volumes, I’m still mistrusting of the dungeon itself and scared for how this is going to impact Laios, but I'm an optimistic reader and hope that everything will work out in the end for Laios and Falin.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #11
September 9, 2024
|
|
This was a very intense volume with a lot of payoffs from the whole series coming together, so there wasn’t as much humor or food and recipe stuff going on in this one. Readers might be a bit frustrated in having all the information and knowing now how it’s all fitting together but the characters won't know all the pieces. Kui has done a fantastic job of building that reader suspense and getting us to a place where we have to keep reading to see if our predictions are going to be correct and if our favorite people are going to end up OK in the end.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #12
September 15, 2024
|
|
This is a very intense volume with a lot of fighting and a bit of back and forth between all the different parties, but it's also nice to see how all of the different factions involved up until now feel about Laios. Kui is starting to tidy up storylines as we can tell the story is coming to an end. Even minor characters who haven't been around since volume one make an appearance again (and with a bit of background in case you've completely forgotten them, which is a nice touch). I can't say too much without giving away major spoilers, but this volume has some satisfying payouts for careful readers and a few conclusions to arcs that have been building for the last few volumes. Readers are going to feel the ending coming, which is always bittersweet.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #13
September 24, 2024
|
|
The stakes in this volume are extremely high, but Kui still manages to make a decent portion of the story about food and sustenance. Despite knowing about the origin of the Golden Kingdom and Sissel, we now get to learn about the Winged Lion and the origins of magic in this world, which is fascinating and satisfying. Kui ties the Lion's backstory back to the central themes of the entire series in a wonderful way. At the end of this volume, it seems like all of Laios' plans are not going well, so readers are really going to want that final volume to get some closure to this great series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Delicious In Dungeon #14
October 22, 2024
|
|
This was a fitting conclusion to the series. Things that I wanted to happen did, and the curse on Laios ended up being pretty fitting in the end. There was a little bit of rushing through the epilogue. Most character arcs were given a satisfactory ending, but not everything was given sufficient panel space to feel complete or explored. Regardless, the ending encourages re-reads because the series is short, and knowing the conclusion makes me want to read from the beginning with my insight. This series is engaging, beautifully illustrated, full of heart, and has plenty of fodder for curricular tie-ins for school libraries.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba (2018) |
17 issues
show
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #6
May 12, 2022
|
|
This volume has been pitched to me as “filler” in between two very dynamic story arcs, but I found it very fascinating and helpful to get some of this insight into the two warring societies. The "elements" Gotuge uses as the specialties for the types of Hashira are really interesting and non-traditional, so I'm excited to see how all of these different techniques work during battle sequences. There is a lot of light-hearted comedy as Tanjiro, Inosuke, and Zenitsu train and recover their strength, and there we some bits of Zenitu’s horn dog self that come out as they train with girls.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #7
June 23, 2022
|
|
This is the beginning of the lauded Mugen Train arc, which is the storyline of the movie that came out in 2021 and made a boatload of money, so students are really keen on reading this volume and volume eight. I enjoyed seeing each of the dreams of the slayers had because it was a different way to provide character development. Not all the dreams are happy - Rengoku relives the moment he told his father he obtained Hashira status to his father’s indifference, which was a clever way to give us Rengoku's backstory and still have it be something driving the plot forward.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #8
July 18, 2022
|
|
This is the volume everyone has told me to get as it has the most payoff, and I can see why. There is a frenetic energy in this volume, and the emotional stakes are very high. Gotouge showcases other characters, especually Rengoku, the Flame Hashira, and there is a lot of great characterization and backstory sprinkled in throughout the fighting to keep the pace moving quickly. We also got a fair bit of insight into the workings of Kibutsuji's demon world, which really upped the stakes on just what the Demon Slayer Corpse is fighting against. The volume gave the biggest insight into Tanjiro's Hanafuda earrings and the power of his family, so readers are definitely going to be happy for a payoff of something that calls back to the first volume of the series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #9
September 12, 2023
|
|
As Tanjiro fights in this volume, he is starting to move away from his water breathing that has served him well for the last eight volumes, so it's interesting to see him developing his own method but also coming into his own with a unique style that may make him stronger in the long run. As they have with previous volumes, Gotouge has mixed some comedy with the seriousness of the storyline - none of the main three are convincing as ladies and their makeup is especially laughable to really play up how difficult it is for them to slip into these under-cover roles. After the tragedy of the previous volume, this change of pace may seem out of place, but this volume does reference to the seriousness of what happened in volume eight while still moving the overall storyline forward, and readers will appreciate what Gotouge does with all of it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #10
September 19, 2023
|
|
For the battle-manga fans out there, this series has become pretty much all battle, all the time. There are some moments where we get some insights, or some explanations or memories, of what is happening in the bodies of our Slayers or demons as they are evolving, but the pages are mostly full of beautifully drawn battle sequences and different sword or breathing techniques. I am enjoying seeing the evolution of Tanjiro - it's always nice to see a progression of a main character and not have them just be overpowered from the beginning. In this volume, we get to see him struggle a bit and have consequences of pushing himself too hard, too quickly. But, just like other volumes, the Slayers constantly work together and support each other.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #11
September 22, 2023
|
|
This whole volume is, once again, all battle. There is a touching moment where we get Gyutaro and Daki’s backstory, and it's tragic, of course, because no one's backstory in Demon Slayer is anything but tragic. Gotouge is a master at creating backstories that make you feel something for characters even if they are demons that eat humans. There's also some splashes of cuteness with Nezuko and Tanjiro when Nezuko gives Tanjiro a piggy-back ride and she’s in her smaller state, so it's pretty adorable and slightly comical.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #12
October 9, 2023
|
|
After many volumes of solid fighting, it's nice to have a bit of repireve and get a volume dedicated to building some more of the world. Gotouge clearly knows how to build characters, as we have had plenty of that mixed in with all of the fighting, but I have been very interested in knowing more about the Demon Slayer society behind all of these creatures running around. I hope to see and learn more about the sword smith society itself because, although we are in their village, this volume still focused mostly on the slayers and the Hashira that are in the village presently. There is some fan service in this volume as Kanr
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #13
October 22, 2023
|
|
We are back to wall-to-wall fighting in this volume after having a bit of a reprieve in volume 12, so readers who missed the action don't have to wait long to get back into it. There are several battles to go between in this one, and new fighters and fighting styles to keep the pacing fresh. Gotouge continues the pattern of mixing backstory with battles, so we do learn about our new characters, both demon and slayer, as they are battling one another. Fans of Nezuko will also be rewarded in this volume as she finally gets to engage in a bit more battling with her powered-up form we saw in featured on the cover of volume 11, and she stays in this form for the entirety of the volume. However, this more voluptuous form also sparks controversy as part of the only fan-service in the series next to the Love Hashira.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #14
November 7, 2023
|
|
Gotouge continues the formula of breaking battles with backstories but brings some stereotype-questioning into this one with Kanroji. A hashira who has been bullied for not being feminine enough who also exudes feminine energy -- definitely sounds like a struggle that will resonate with some of our readers! Gotouge also loves to bring familial struggles into the backstories of slayers, and the Mist Hashira is another example of some family trauma that fueled a desire to become a demon slayer.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #15
November 20, 2023
|
|
As a Nezuko fan, this volume had some wonderful payoff for me. I am so glad to see that she is given importance and weight. Tanjiro also gets some power up in this volume with the Hashira training, and he finally gets an amazing sword that will hopefully last and he won't break. Gotouge continues all the wonderful character development, this time with Giyu, who readers have been waiting to learn about since volume one. This has definitely been a slow burn that results in a satisfying payoff.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #16
December 7, 2023
|
|
To me, this seemed early to start the "final battle" as there are twenty three volumes in the series, so this is going to be a long end-game with what promises to be a lot of action sequences for the next eight volumes. I'm not convinced that Tanjiro has done enough training to pull off a win against Muzan, so I wonder if this is going to be a Harry Potter situation where Tanjiro's friends and luck is going to get him through a difficult fight. The Hashira death in this volume was the most heartbreaking for me so far, so I appreciate the emotional build up Gotouge has created throughout the series and into this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #17
December 24, 2023
|
|
While I was emotionally upset from the previous volume and the deaths in the first round of fighting in the Infinity Castle, this volume shed some light via flashbacks, and there is some tremendous emotional payoff. There is also some resolution for folks who may still be harboring some emotional scarring from fights way back in volumes eight and nine. This volume did a lot to assuage my fears for Tanjiro's training as he mostly keeps up with Giyu, a Hashira. I am also starting to have an appreciation for Tanjiro's special form of breathing, even though the explanation of how he's learning it is a little wonky.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #18
January 5, 2024
|
|
Even though readers probably hate Akaza at this point, Gotouge is, of course, going to make us all care about him with a flashback and building up his backstory in the middle of an intense fight. The same goes for Doma in his fight, and we are finally going to get some more information about Inosuke's backstory, eighteen volumes in! If that all wasn't enough, we're also getting a new technique and fighting style this late into the series, and it's a fascinating way to tie everything together that Tanjiro has learned to this point. This volume may need a content warning: there is mention of suicide and we do see a person hanging from a noose in the shadows.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #19
January 14, 2024
|
|
The ending of the fight with Kanao and Inosuke was heartbreaking and beautiful, and a perfect end to the storyline of Shinobu's revenge, in my opinion. That was a payoff of several volumes of buildup, and shows how masterfully Gotouge can weave a battle for multiple stages. With the Upper Rank Demon #1, it was hard for me to conceive how a demon could be more powerful than the ones before him but yet not as powerful as Kibutsuji, but Gotouge did it by having a demon with breathing techniques.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #20
January 19, 2024
|
|
Kokushibo's backstory ties several histories together, and it's fun to see the tapestry Gotouge has been weaving become a beautiful picture all together. This volume is another one adding to the extensive body count from this final fight, and I have to ask if this frontal assault was worth the heavy casualties. But if there was ever a series that disrespected and argued against plot armor, this is it! Humans fighting against supernaturally stronger beings should arguably have more casualties, and this story honors that power dynamic in a way other battle shōnen do not.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #21
February 17, 2024
|
|
True to the formula, we must slip away during an intense battle and relive something of the past. This time, we've already seen the backstories of all the Hashira and demons involved, so I was wondering who's story we would see. Even after all of the character deaths we've seen throughout this series, there are still some emotional moments in this volume that somehow still deliver gut punches. The fighting remains intense and beautifully illustrated when we're not going down memory lane with Tanjiro, Learning about Yoriichi's life was also fascinating, so I really appreciated this inherited memory.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba #22
March 5, 2024
|
|
This was a very satisfying ending to a major build-up of fighting that happened over the last eight volumes. While this series was immensely popular and successful, Gotouge didn't try to stretch this out or prolong the battles for the sake of making more volumes - the final fight seemed a little bit long at times, but it also went by very quickly considering how many characters were in this large cast. There was more world to explore in this universe, and probably more development Tanjiro could have sustained before going against the big-bad, but there's also something satisfying for Tanjiro learning everything as it was needed and immediately being able to use it against the most powerful demons he's ever faced. While the hype is settling over this series, this is a story that is going to be powerful and impactful for years to come.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Destroy All Humans. They Can't Be Regenerated #1 |
Oct 08, 2024
show
|
|
Choosing to set this series in the 90s was definitely interesting and will appeal to original fans of the game who will be along for the nostalgia. For current players, this is a chance to learn a bit of history and peak at what playing Magic used to be like. For people who have never played before, don’t worry. There are plenty of explainers and help text to guide you through so your can understand what the characters are saying as they play their matches. And there is plenty in this story besides playing Magic to appeal to manga readers. Volume one hints at a friendship and possibly a romance between our two leading characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Digital Lizards of Doom |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Digital Lizards of Doom: Dizzy Doom #1
September 18, 2025
|
|
There is an entire connected curriculum for the Digital Lizards of Doom universe that has been piloted in several schools, and has been met with initial success amongst elementary students. The curriculum includes prompts for reading questions, writing, and stoking students' curiosity. There are also connected activity pages, but some teachers have used these more as inspiration for creating their own materials. Check out their website for more information and to hear success stories.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Digital Lizards of Doom: Dizzy Doom #2
October 16, 2025
|
|
This truly is a wacky adventure with tons of silliness that is bound to make kids laugh and giggle. There are some fun one-liners that bring internet culture in and are definitely references for the adults to enjoy (like the throwback to “I’m not you buddy, pal!”). The illustrations in this volume add more comics-style paneling into the mix, and there are some clever reasons given for why the illustration style changes (someone switched the graphics card on Pineapple Pete!). The fidelity to the bit (video games) is admirable and will encourage re-reads to pick up on all the little Easter eggs. This volume has a little sophomore slump in managing two plotlines between Dizzy's crew and Commander E.K.O. where the first volume kept the pace exhilarating throughout, but younger readers likely won't notice.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dinosaur Sanctuary (2022) |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Dinosaur Sanctuary #1
September 30, 2024
|
|
There is a lot to love about this well-researched, balanced story that brings together modern zoology with archaeology. There is definitely strong appeal for any readers who grew up with a fascination with dinosaurs, which is probably quite a lot of us. This story will definitely appeal to readers who grew up fascinated with dinosaurs, which is probably quite a few. Kinoshita balances the dino facts with some compelling human characters, though Suzume comes across as a little naive in this first volume. Hopefully, she gets a little more page time to develop later on. Each chapter ends with an article from Shin-ichi Fujiwara, an actual paleontologist who was the research consultant for the series, so there are plenty of tidbits and facts throughout to add interesting educational content through modern science and dinosaur information.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dinosaur Sanctuary #2
October 28, 2024
|
|
This volume gives a lot of characterization to Kaidou and insight into why he’s the grizzled grump that he is today. Suzume also got to do some maturing in this volume and didn’t get to succeed in everything, unlike volume one where her sparkly new ideas worked most of the time. We also got to see one of the most popular and ubiquitous dinos early into the series, but Kinoshita peppers in some lesser-known types and giving us fun facts with Fujiwara-san's guidance. This series has a great way of balancing out dinosaurs we already most likely know and love with dinos we've probably not heard about but totally want to know more about.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dinosaur Sanctuary #3
November 13, 2024
|
|
It’s nice to get more information about other keepers while learning more about dinosaurs at the same time. The new department head is very different from Kaidou, and he seems perfectly suited to oversee the types of dinosaurs he’s looking after. Kaidou has the perfect grumpy-but-cautious attitude for the dangerous carnivores, while Igarashi has a little more laid back, but still serious attitude that fits in with the more mellow stegosaurus and other dinos in his department.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dinosaur Sanctuary #4
December 11, 2024
|
|
This volume takes a bit of a departure from the others by injecting a bit of mystery and getting us outside of the dinosaur sanctuary. We get to see a little bit more of the surrounding area, which is Japan but is still a little bit different than real-life Japan owing to that Science has been allowed to do certain things in line with Jurassic Park. Suzume does shine when given a task like this, and her working with Kaidou makes me hopeful that she gets placed in his department at the end of her rotations!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Don't Toy With Me, Miss Nagatoro #1 |
Mar 31, 2022
show
|
|
The teasing in this book often crosses the line into bullying, and Nagatoro even asks her self in the chapter breaks if she's gone too (although, chapter breaks are often character breaks and/or the mangaka giving some of their own thoughts). Some have pointed out nanashi's use of fonts and that Nagatoro often has Senpai's font, indicating that it might be a reflection of what's happening in his mind, rather than what Nagatoro is actually doing to him. However, this theory is yet unbacked by the mangaka, and it seems to me like a way of excusing bullying. There are also a few instances of non-consensual touching from Nagatoro to Senpai, and that's a big problem for me as a reader and as an educator. Some readers might feel like this is all in good fun, and I've heard the later volumes mellow out the bullying quite a lot, but I don't know that I found enough redeeming about this volume to continue on.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dragon Ball (2003) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Dragon Ball #1
March 25, 2024
|
|
The beginning of the Dragonball universe is not at all the fighting series that became enshrined in pop culture. This story is whimsical and clearly made week-to-week. The first two parts of the 3-in-1 serve more like a prologue to the rest of the story, and it feels like the real adventure doesn’t begin until Goku starts his training with Muten Rōshi. This series also has a lot of bawdy humor with lewd jokes, innuendos, and no shortage of lecherous old men.There are quite a few instances of nudity throughout - Goku is a small child and drawn without great detail when he drops trou, but Bulma is topless and pantsless a few times and is a fully developed (though still cartoony) young woman. The moments are all treated as punchlines, so audiences (and collection developers) should remember that culturally, because nudity is not shameful in Japan, the humorous effects hits differently than when the manga gets exported.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Dragon Ball #2
May 3, 2024
|
|
The tournament was fun and the ending was satisfying, including watching the kids get their moral lessons out of it. The Red Ribbon Army is very much the quintessential 80s band of bad guys: the balled fists of fury, the energy of exacerbation at being stumped by so lowly a protagonist, the exaggeration of how much they should be winning but confused by how they are thwarted at every step, all that good stuff. I almost wanted to end every Goku-winning-scenario with an "I'll get you next time, Gadget - er, Goku!" Some of the issues from the first volume are downplayed or absent all together by this volume as Goku sets off on his own adventure, and he's his naivety and the problems that came with it are not as prevalent.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dragon Ball Z #1 |
Feb 13, 2025
show
|
|
After sixteen volumes of bawdy humor and tournament fighting, plus fetch quests and training in martial arts, not to mention Goku being descended from a monkey, Toriyama flips the narrative on its head by changing Goku’s origin story. Holy Ret-con batman! As much as Dragon Ball was about fighting, Dragon Ball Z takes the fighting and turns it up to 11 by introducing increasingly more powerful foes for Goku to fight, and higher stakes for him to overcome. DBZ is also quintessentially what people think of when they think of Dragon Ball. While some of the charm and mythos of the overall story is lost, as well as the historical fights, from starting with what is essentially volume 17, there is a bit of a soft reset on the series where Toriyama allows for new readers to join in the fun and put behind them some of the humor that doesn't stand the test of time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dragon Quest: The Adventures of Dai #1 |
Aug 09, 2022
show
|
|
There is a lot going on in this first volume with tons of characters and plenty of escapades for Dai, so readers are sure to be hooked from the opening panels. Dai and his monster friends are super cute and pretty compelling from the beginning, so it's easy to care about them and what is going on with this isolated island. This is a little bit longer and larger volume that might deter some younger readers used to smaller texts, but chances are, once they get into the adventure, they’ll be flying through the pages without noticing. The chapters themselves are a manageable read, and there are several different adventures packed into one volume, so chunking the reading would also be easy for readers. This would be great for libraries looking for something more age-appropriate but as action-packed as Dragon Ball.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dragon Quest: The Mark of Erdrick #1 |
Nov 29, 2025
show
|
|
This classic manga feels very inspired by Dragon Ball, but without the bawdy humor that mars some of the earlier volumes of that series. Many of the same tropes exist here - mysterious wise sages come to offer training and advice, and young heroes face insurmountable odds. But Kawamata also shows emotional depth on more than one occasion and reminds readers that Arus is still a young child who grew up without the love of his parents. Kawamata and Fujiwara’s monsters also occasionally have emotional moments as they contemplate their actions and the benefits of blindly following a demon lord’s orders. A mark of a great story is getting lost in its pages and being sad when the volume is over — both of which happened during my reading experience.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Dreamover OGN |
Oct 24, 2024
show
|
|
The excitement and newness of becoming a couple should not lead to abandoning your friendships. Dreamover shows us the danger of dismissing friends and losing yourself in one person. The full-color art draws you into the story. Each dream world has a unique color pallet. With limited words, the pages capture Amber’s and Nico’s feelings. You can feel why Amber doesn’t want to leave the dream. This would be a good addition to MG and YA spaces that will help readers navigate and value the balance of relationships. It will resonate with teens of all ages who lose themselves in one person or see their friends do such.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Emanon #1 |
Feb 07, 2025
show
|
|
The overall feeling of this entire story is very speculative and etherial, and even by the end, there's plenty left to ponder. Kajio doesn't give characters nor the reader many satisfying conclusions, which is part of the appeal of this story. Emanon's story to our protagonist begs the question of who we are to each other, among other philosophical quandaries. This story may not get wide readership with most avid manga fans, but it's a piece of speculative science fiction that deserves a spot in collections where readers are looking for something more cerebral and challenging.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Embrace Your Size: My Own Body Positivity OGN |
Jan 08, 2023
show
|
|
The chapters/essays are very personal, and thus don't really get into discussing what we as society do to folks, or what we need to do to change. This might be a let down for some who are looking for a more philosophical conversation, but Hara is pretty up front about this book being a personal journey. Rather than be a critique on the society that led her to insecurities, this is more about sharing a story and connecting to others who might have similar struggles, and giving them permission to still love themselves despite constant messages that tell them they shouldn't.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Everyday Hero: Machine Boy OGN |
Jul 26, 2022
show
|
|
This is a super fast-paced book, sometimes to its detriment. The beginning is beautiful and pauses in its moments of heartbreak to let the reader feel the gravity of the moment. After that, there is a ramp-up in the pacing leading to a hugely hurried ending that sets up nicely for a volume two, but may leave readers out of breath. Some of the time jumps are expertly achieved through Vuong's illustrations - including a calendar page to show the passing of time, or a glass with ice in it and again in the next panel with the ice all melted. There are definitely some elements that will remind readers of Disney films or even The Iron Giant if they've seen that classic. There are some wonderful moments in this story that will resonate with readers, but the ending is a little muddied considering how clean the rest of the story is.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Fall In Love, You False Angels #1 |
Jul 07, 2025
show
|
|
Similarly to Horimiya, these two teens find themselves becoming vulnerable and real with someone outside of school, but there's more romance earlier on in this series. Horimiya also seemed a little more grounded, while Otogi and Toki have a little more whimsy to their personalities and fanciful character designs. The expressive character reactions bring in humorous elements and dramatic moments, heightening the comedy of this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Falling in Love with a Traveling Cat OGN |
Mar 11, 2025
show
|
|
This adorable book reads like a picture book with very scarce text outside of text boxes, and there are ridiculously cute illustrations of cats doing all sorts of fun activities. Occasionally, there’s a precious little puppy or other animals thrown in, but everything is fluffy and fuzzy. This is a lot longer than a traditional picture book, but it’s broken up in sections between the traveling section and the food section where there is a distinctive shift in narrative style. When Mufosand is sharing favorite dishes, it’s not really a story anymore. The traveling chapters are still short and manageable for younger readers, but it might be good to chunk this up and take chapter breaks.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Father, I Don't Want This Marriage #1 |
Sep 13, 2024
show
|
|
There are many villainess and rebirth stories right now, but this one is interesting because it plays up the family dynamic between the. main character and her father more so than other titles. There's a good father-daughter relationship in The Abandoned Empress, but in this first volume, romance isn't as much on Juvelian's mind, so she's trying to focus on staying in her father's good graces and being societally irrelevant more than anything. Don't worry, there's some hints at a romantic love interest already and some other intrigue happening that won't let Juvelian fade to the shadows like she wants. There are some really beautiful color illustrations as showcased on this cover. Court dresses and lovely scenery abound on every page, and the men's outfits are just as beautiful.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Finding Camellia (2024) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Finding Camellia #1
December 27, 2024
|
|
What a way to begin a series. Tension was immediately created from the first chapter with establishing a dark atmosphere and deception with Lady Bale. Camellia is forced into living a lie and the reader is along for this impossible life, waiting for the moment when everyone finds out the truth. There's a clear romantic interest set up as well, tantalizing readers for the reveal in that situation as well. The illustrations in this story are also very interesting. There are a lot of really beautiful panels drawn from interesting perspective that heighten tensions or show unique moments that I truly appreciated throughout the story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Finding Camellia #2
May 20, 2026
|
|
Get ready to suspend some disbelief a little further because it’s not extremely clear why all of these gents want Camellius other than he’s pretty and they seem a little bored. Wade and Claude make it a bit of a competition, but Ian comes a bit out of nowhere with his obsession of Camellia/us based on what Kieran has conveyed of his sibling. Regardless, the romantic tension and build up hits differently in this series because many of the leads believe they are chasing a male, so this might scratch a little bit of an itch for BL readership as well as shōjo fans. The art is exceptionally beautiful with gorgeous coloring.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Finding Camellia #3
June 26, 2026
|
|
While we didn’t get much forward progress in the storyline in this volume, we did get to see Camellius dress as a woman, which compounded many of the male figures complexes and feelings for Camellius. We also learned Ian’s intentions. Camellia was put in a terrifying situation with a potential predator and only Claude saw the danger despite repeated warnings. Our lead character also got a few opportunities to stand up for themselves, which was gratifying. The many layers of Camellia switching gender via clothing aligns beautifully with the many switches in Shakespeare’s As You Like It, which would provide an interesting opportunity for readalikes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Firefly Wedding #1 |
May 11, 2025
show
|
|
This story was really compelling and enjoyable, particularly the use of the trope of the mentally unstable love interest (possibly "kichidere" or even "yandere"). The mental gymnastics and sparring that went back and forth between Satoko and Shinpei was an entertaining game of chicken that will either aggravate readers or have them giggling. There is one moment of attempted sexual assault when Satoko's captors threaten her before Shinpei steps in. Between that an some of the tėte-a-tėte, this might be better for older romance readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Five Nights At Freddy's: The Silver Eyes #1 |
Oct 30, 2024
show
|
|
This story felt very incomplete, and might be more appealing to readers who are familiar with the original novel. This adaptation feels rushed and gives the basic information needed to get through the story, but doesn’t have much else. I kept thinking that there was another book before this that I was missing, especially because it felt like I was already supposed to know everything about the incident with Michael, Charlie's whole backstory, and what the significance of Freddy's was in the first place. There were moments between characters that were very shallow and felt unnecessary, leading me to believe there were probably chapters devoted to this in the book that weren't fully explored here.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon (2020) |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon #7
January 20, 2022
|
|
This is still a very cute series and a pretty wholesome approach to love and getting to know another person, but we’re starting to get into a little more risqué territory with the different places to kiss. Mind you, our two chaste main characters still haven’t gotten the nerve to take clothes off in front of each other, so even the kissing in different places is relatively PG. While the trope of being embarrassed in front of your partner is pretty Japanese, some American readers will probably relate, but others might be frustrated that we're seven volumes in and kissing in public is still the craziest thing these two have done. I'm also slightly wondering if we're ever going to figure out who Tsukasa is. This volume doesn't have any of those little hints that Hata has been dropping to remind us that there's something different about her, so hopefully that hasn't been abandoned.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon #8
April 19, 2022
|
|
This is still such a sweet series that I'm starting to think this could be categorized as Iyashikei (manga that has a "healing" effect), because I feel so calm after reading one of these volumes. It's still gnawing at me that there's something different about Tsukasa, especially that it seems she has a very extended lifespan, so how or when we're going to deal with all that is still the biggest mystery of this series. I'm glad there was at least some slight progress with the introduction of Tsukasa's guardian.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon #9
September 19, 2022
|
|
This series is technically a shōnen, so it makes the joke of Nasa reading shōjo a little more hilarious. And we've also gotten to another milestone of many shōjo manga - a summer festival with folks in yukatas. Hata is, so far, including a lot of the same hallmarks of a romance story where the couple would be dating rather than married, so it's still clear Nasa and Tsukasa are still getting to know each other and fall more in love with each other. The couple is also getting a little more accustomed to physically showing affection for each other. Nothing lewd happens in panel, but there are moments when Nasa’s head drifts off panel toward parts south of Tsukasa’s neck.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon #10
May 26, 2023
|
|
I'm glad we're getting a few more side characters because the horn-dog who Kaname is getting a little bit old. Between Kaname and her sister, there are enough jokes about the newlyweds and cuddling. Nasa's cousin is an interesting foil - he's a bad boy who seems like a Yakuza, but he's also a little clueless, so having him along is fun. The camping trip was a good note to end on, and I hope there are finally some reveals headed our way about Tsukasa's mysterious past.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon #11
June 19, 2023
|
|
In this volume, Hata turns slightly away from the Slice of Life format in that all of the chapters have a building storyline. They're still fairly short, and everything is still pretty peaceful and low stakes, but the conversation with Tokiko and Nasa gave another hint towards her identity and the greater mystery we've been teased with the whole series. There seems to be a deeper story that Hata wants to write about this couple, but we haven't seen it yet.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon #12
July 12, 2023
|
|
I think we're finally getting close! Twelve volumes in is quite the long time for a payoff! But Hata has built up this storyline with a satisfying slow-burn, and spent so many volumes just showing the couple play house that readers (and myself) were satisfied not knowing Tsukasa's deep secret, but with this new, mysterious character and her proximity to Nasa, plus all the other little hints from her family, we've got to be close! That, or Hata is just really, really good at building up our expectations. But we've definitely shied away from Slice of Life in favor of overall storylines, although the chapters are still very short still as they are in slice of life.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon #13
June 26, 2024
|
|
The beginning few chapters of this volume give bigger hints about the deeper story bubbling under the surface on this series. Even Nasa is starting to have some lucid dreams and other important information seep into his subconscious. We’re getting close to something big! But, Hata has to keep stretching it out, so there's plenty of innocuous content throughout the volume to keep this series as a sweet, innocent story about some love-birds.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Fly Me To The Moon #14
July 15, 2024
|
|
This volume is a huge departure from the other volumes, and I absolutely adored it! I loved seeing Tsukasa in action with her fighting skills and being able to save Nasa, but I also appreciated the second half of this volume focusing on her as well and her difficulty with matching Nasa in affection. We spent a lot of time with Tsukasa in this volume and in signature Hata form, got some interesting breadcrumbs as to who she is, but also rooted for her as she was vulnerable and super cute with her husband. Hata continues to bate us with adorableness between these two lovebirds while getting us to stick around for something we know is going to be juicy and worth the payoff.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End |
11 issues
show
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #2
February 28, 2022
|
|
While this story started out after the main adventure quest that most stories would use as their main focus, Frieren doesn’t waste too much time getting involved in another quest with new companions. She seems to have learned a few things about valuing human life and respecting those who aren’t as long-lived as she, but she still often acts first and then thinks about how her actions look to those with less understanding than her. She doesn’t often explain her expertise in the moment, but she does open up to Fern and Stark a lot more than she did on her previous adventure with those companions. There is still plenty of reminiscing and connecting this journey to her previous one for Frieren, and the parallels of the previous journey develop a second set of characters for readers to connect to and care about, albeit with a tinge of sadness at their departure from the mortal plane.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #3
June 25, 2022
|
|
This story is perfectly paced and has achieved balance between being laid back and being intense. Much of the characterization and development is still told through flashbacks, and we get a major one in this volume that shows a very young Frieren meeting her human master for the first time, and receiving the initial part of her training. There are still a few flashes to the heroes and their first journey to the North, which really provide depth to a seemingly cold heroine in Frieren. Fern really takes on a lot of Frieren's characteristics while battling, so I would really like to see her become her own fighter and not feel and sounds just like Frieren.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #4
September 27, 2022
|
|
This is a pretty comfy read with some really methodical plot points and a much slower narrative structure than a lot of shōnen. This might deter some readers, but it’s exactly what I’ve continually asked for. So many adventure stories skip over training plot points, but this story includes even the most mundane passage of time. I also continue to enjoy the sprinkled flashbacks that tell us more about Frieren’s first adventure and her companions. Some of the ones in this volume really get at the heart of Himmel's feelings for Frieren as she's finally learning what some of his gestures meant in the present. Learning about her past adventure is becoming a little more heartbreaking with every flashback since we know Frieren has outlived them all.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #5
November 26, 2022
|
|
Since there's a test element to this volume, we get a lot of side characters introduced really quickly, especially since Frieren and Fern are on different teams. Some of the more important side characters also get their backstories explained, and the different motivations everyone has for taking the exam is really interesting. Sadly for Stark fans, he's mostly left out of this volume. Instead, we get to see a lot more magic and learn more about how the magic in the world works. There are some interesting specialties amongst the candidates, some who will most likely cause some issue for Frieren, even with all of her knowledge and power.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #6
February 20, 2023
|
|
There are some higher stakes in this volume, but it overall still manages to have a relaxed air to it all. There are some wonderful magic sequences, just as there was in the previous volume, so these challenges have been a great way for readers to understand how magic works in this world. The story is still peppered with flashbacks where we learn more about Frieren. Since starting the trials, there have been a few more about Frieren as an apprentice and meeting her master, so we're starting to get an idea of what Frieren was like before her studies, and just how much work she's put in to becoming as powerful as she is. As always, Abe's use of flashbacks are perfectly aligned with the main storyline, as we are learning crucial information about Frieren just in time to fear her powerful clone.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #7
December 26, 2023
|
|
We're back to the feel and pace of the story before the trials for the mage test, and back to the silly odd jobs and equally silly spells Frieren gets because of them. This volume was a nice relaxing one after the tense, comparatively battle-heavy previous two. I am happy to see Fern and Stark going somewhere with the cute romantic tension, even if it's for a joke, but the ending of the novel lays some groundwork for the two of them to be possibly a little more than friends for reals. But, I don't anticipate anything anytime soon given the track record of slow, methodical pacing Yamada has had with everything else.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #8
March 11, 2024
|
|
There are some great little jokes in this volume that showcase Yamada's subtle sense of humor, and the punchlines are ones that will resonate with readers who also might play Dungeons and Dragons. The ending arc of this volume sees a return of characters from the Mage First Class volumes, and the team up and ensuing fight not only brought more depth to the demon world but gave some satisfaction to furthering character arcs of these recurring supporting characters. The final chapter had a cameo of Denken, who is one of my favorites from the Mage test volumes, so I'm looking forward to seeing him in the upcoming adventure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #9
April 18, 2024
|
|
Macht is a truly interesting demon that is distinguished from other demons in this series because of how he approaches and thinks of humans. Macht’s ambivalence is a complete contrast to all the other monsters so far who are trying to conquer and kill as many humans as possible. This demon, though, is content to live in his palace of gold and be left alone. The philosophical conversations they have with him are quite intriguing, and can lead to some further discussion with students who are this far into the series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #10
June 15, 2024
|
|
Half of this volume is rimmed with black panels, which means it's a flashback, and I enjoyed the trip down memory lane to learn more about the fearsome Macht. We learned a bit about him and Denken in volume 9, and I am glad we got the full story and really saw what a futile effort it was to try and control him as the people of Weiss did in previous volumes. I also like Solitär as a character and like the distinctions in the type of anthological studies between her and Macht. Solitär wants to study why humans do what they do, and Macht wants to focus on the emotions of people, and neither fully understand everything correctly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #11
November 29, 2024
|
|
This volume offered a satisfying conclusion to the Macht & Weise arc, though Solitär's incessant chattering annoyed as much as it annoyed Frieren. What I missed the most from this volume was the signature flashbacks that gave us insight into Frieren's character and her previous advantures. While we had quite a lot in the previous volume, this volume seemed to be the balance or answer to it with hardly any at all.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Frieren: Beyond Journey's End #12
April 27, 2025
|
|
Since we've only been able to see Frieren and her original party in flashbacks, this is an exciting opportunity to witness the dynamic in a longer, uninterrupted narrative. Within the flashbacks, we haven't had as much of a chance to get to know Eisen the Dwarf, so has opportunity to have more page time in this volume. As with volume 11, this ended on a huge cliffhanger, so Yamada-san really knows how to bate the readers into desperately needing the next volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Gachiakuta (2024) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Gachiakuta #2
August 23, 2024
|
|
The art for this series is extremely unique and really makes this story for me. There are moments that remind me of playing a Borderlands game where everything has very dark outlines and a physics-defying aesthetic, but the characters themselves are styled and drawn with such outlandish expressions and over-exaggerated moves that make them pop off the page. I'm still intrigued by the main storyline and what's happening overall, but I find myself more reading for the art and seeing what amazing piece is coming next.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Gachiakuta #3
April 15, 2025
|
|
The art on this series continues to blow me away with beautifully original fight sequences and electric paneling that make every page extremely captivating. Even the most emotionally gripping moments become intense and hyper realized because of the dark lines, disproportionate characters, and distorted movement. All of it flows and works brilliantly to make a unique reading experience that captures punk rock on the page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Galaxy: The Prettiest Star |
Jun 07, 2022
show
|
|
My favorite thing about this story is the art. Jess Taylor's illustrations are so fluid and beautifully colored that it's easy to get lost in the pages. Taylor's true self is a wonderful balance of sweetness and complimentary colors that it's absolutely understandable why she wouldn't feel comfortable as a boy. The pacing of the story is also extremely well done by Axelrod. The characters are fully fleshed-out with compelling backstories and motivations, including the supporting characters, who are often dumped in these one-off stories. I also enjoyed the play between Kat and Taylor, and how supportive Kat is of Taylor's discoveries. Axelrod strikes an enjoyable balance between this being a journey of self-discovery as well as a love story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Gannibal #1 |
Aug 09, 2024
show
|
|
Volume one sets up many questions and introduces a lot of intriguing but haunting characters. The readers know more than Agawa from early on, so we're constantly waiting for the other shoe to drop. Ninomiya expertly creates tension and slowly builds it throughout without fatiguing, and a lot of that is done through the illustrations. They're gritty and match the tone of the dark and ominous narrative. This is a long-form horror tale, so don't come looking for a quick resolution to this mystery. This would make a great addition for older teen and adult libraries looking for a more nuanced horror read in a sustained format.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ghost Reaper Girl #1 |
Jun 20, 2022
show
|
|
I read this book around a week before writing this review, and I still don't know how to feel about it. On one hand, this somewhat feels like a new take on the magical girl trope with Chloe having to transform and have a special weapon, so I appreciate it for that element because the magical girl trope was a big part of my formative years reading manga. However, there are a lot of problematic moments of fan service and other inappropriateness - Kai continuously says he must be “inside” Chloe for the power to work; Chloe is a “Lolita” and looks like she's a teenager, and that’s part of her appeal to Kai; there are several problematic focal angles that highlight parts of Chloe’s body, often in the middle of action sequences.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Given (2020) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Given #1
March 26, 2022
|
|
This first volume sets up a wonderful romantic storyline but doesn’t sacrifice story development for it. There’s already a bit of romantic tension between Akihito and Haruki for readers to enjoy in the first volume, but the foundations for another in-band romance are definitely set up here. Not as much time and attention is paid to Akihito and Haruki and they are a little bit blended in my head presently, so hopefully future volumes will focus a bit on them and making them distinct. Uenoyama is sort of a typical suave, cold protagonist that is popular in Shōjo and Yaoi, but he’s showing signs already of softening up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Given #2
July 10, 2023
|
|
This story is beautiful and heartbreaking, but there a quite a lot of characters and relationships to keep track of. Avid readers and fans of the series have no problems, but this is definitely one of those that might be better consumed in a short time frame instead of spaced out. There are a lot of little details that Kizu weaves throughout the plot that pay off later, so a careful reader is rewarded in this series. There are also a lot of beautiful boys, so readers looking for a tragic but slightly wholesome boys-love series will also be rewarded! Be prepared for the tear-jerkers, though!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Go For It, Nakamura-kun! #1 |
Dec 19, 2022
show
|
|
This is a wholesome look at a first crush and some of the social pressures, perceived or real, that come from it. There is a slight undertone of non-acceptance if Nakamura came out as gay, but it takes a backseat to the fears Nakamura has of rejection from Hirose, which is a pretty universal feeling. There are a lot of situations that will resonate with readers who have ever had a crush, regardless of the gender, because of the relatable awkwardness that comes from not knowing how to act and/or not give yourself away.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Golden Kamuy |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Golden Kamuy #1
January 24, 2025
|
|
Much of this title is very intense and hyper-realistic, but grippingly engaging. Sugimoto and Asirpa are a fantastic duo - Asirpa is knowledgable about the natural world, while Sugimoto is exceedingly violent and keenly aware of the twistedness of his fellow man. The premise is slightly absurd, but Noda brings you in with this captivating tale and heartfelt motivation for Sugimoto that you can't help but be swept up immediately and along for the ride. The art is also extremely realistic with exquisitely detailed scenery in large panels and spreads that are beautiful to behold.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Golden Kamuy #2
March 5, 2025
|
|
I loved the cultural richness of visiting Asirpa's village and learning more about the Ainu people in this volume. Asirpa is a fascinating character and steals most of the scenes she's in despite Sugimoto also being a compelling character. Noda has created some great tension by pitting Sugimoto's need to protect Asirpa against his need of her skills, as I predict he won't last long in the wilderness without her.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Goodbye Eri OGN |
Jul 04, 2023
show
|
|
Of all the Fujimoto works I've consumed, this one affected me the most. There is an artistic tell to what is being filmed and edited versus what Yuta is seeing in real life, but it might not be obvious why that's important on the first read. Because of Yuta's editing and twists, this book will require re-reads and will either provide more clarity or more questions as to what's real and what's actually Yuta's edited reality. Fujimoto is playing with elements of the fantastique genre, which is one of my favorites, so this book really stands out to me in composition and form.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grand Blue Dreaming #1 |
Oct 22, 2022
show
|
|
This volume is a never-ending cycle of drinking and nakedness, with some peppering of diving and awkward situations between Iori and his cousins. While lots of ecchi titles focus on the sexualization and fan-servicing of women characters, this title has a lot of naked men (with censor bubbles across their crotch but not butts). One of Iori's cousins is overly sexualized while her sister is probably the most normal person there is in this over-the-top comedy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Grandmaster of Demonic Cultivation: Mo Dao Zu Shi #1 |
Sep 20, 2023
show
|
|
This book suffered from adaptors and editors being possibly too close to the original source material, which feels like it is very vast and very difficult to adapt. As someone who hasn’t read anything from this universe, there were a lot of places where the narrative had some severe holes and was difficult to follow. Folks familiar with the TV shows, novels, and other parts of this universe will most likely be able to fill in the missing details, but new readers will likely be questioning why certain elements work the way they do, why characters already come in with weight they didn't earn, and questioning mechanics that weren't explained.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Helck #1 |
Apr 05, 2023
show
|
|
This is a pretty silly title, but a lot of the gags are taken from older titles or cartoons like the Looney Tunes or Inspector Gadget as she constantly hints that she's going to get Helck the next time. Vermillion tends to explode with fire emanating from her head when she’s angry, so there’s a running gag that the tower keeps getting shorter every time when she blows off another floor. This gag reminds me a lot of Inside Out. So there are a lot of recycled jokes that might be fresh for some readers, but it seems to me like a lot of borrowed material in place of originality. Most of the characters are pretty forgettable, and not a lot of time is spent with the other demon contestants until the final two chapters. This seems very much like the mangaka had some jokes to get through instead of characters to explore.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hikaru In The Light #1 |
Aug 17, 2025
show
|
|
This beautiful full color manga for all ages is encouraging and sweet. As the two work through the audition process, a lot of attention is given to idol culture and its impact on Japanese society, but enough explanation is given that young readers will be able to understand the differences between idols and pop stars in North America. There are beautiful illustrations of dancing and singing that are brought to life with a pastel color pallet and vibrant illustration style that make this manga engaging and energetic.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hirayasumi #1 |
Sep 19, 2024
show
|
|
This mostly slice-of-life is sweet and affirming for anyone who has ever felt lost as an adult, had difficulty making friends, or has suffered from anxiety. Nat and Hiroto are both very grounded and relatable characters, and their problems and presented with authenticity and without judgment. The illustration style is a little looser and more relaxed. Much of the narration and exposition is given without text boxes or word balloons, which can present a slight challenge in determining what is Hiroto's inner monologue and what is narration. This might have limited appeal to teen readers since the main characters are both adults, but as the emotional situations Nat and Hiroto experience are not unfamiliar to teens, this might be a good title for social-emotional learning tie-ins.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Hollow OGN |
Aug 03, 2022
show
|
|
BOOM lists this as young adult, but I think it could still be appealing to middle grade readers as well. The characters are in high school, but there's nothing too violent or inappropriate that wouldn't be suitable for middle graders.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Horror Collector #1 |
Jun 07, 2025
show
|
|
The first two chapters of this story started as a monster-of-the-week capture story, and the narrative pace was a little inconsistent. However, once things became established in the third chapter and the mangaka settled on a storyline with a clear objective for our Hero in the Hood and an antagonist, everything became more interesting. Pacing was not fully resolved, and there is the authors have given into intrigue over character development, so we know very little about our Hero by the end of this volume. Still, this could be a good recommendation for readers who are interested in Japanese folklore and ghost stories, a subject that still fascinates modern Japanese readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
House of El (2021) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
House of El: The Enemy Delusion #2
June 26, 2022
|
|
Gray continues the energy and suspense from the first volume, but at least this volume has a sneak peek at volume three that allows for some reprieve from the cliffhanger (maybe they heard me about volume one!). Gray also manages to simultaneously acknowledge that most readers probably know what's going to happen to Krypton while getting us to forget what's going to happen to Krypton. I'm seriously rooting for Zahn and Sera to be able to change the society and make the ruling class see the error of their ways, so I am eagerly awaiting the third volume to see what they can get done before the impending doom!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
House of El: The Treacherous Hope #3
April 7, 2023
|
|
This was a fantastic end to this series. The end was very frenetic and rushed, but it's likely this is from Gray leaning into the panic that would come with a world ending. I truly appreciated the very end, when it gets to the part we all know is going to happen. As a writer, it must be a challenge to fit a story into something with a fixed ending, but Gray worked some magic and still gave readers something unexpected.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
I Hear the Sunspot |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
I Hear the Sunspot #2
June 17, 2022
|
|
If readers appreciate the miscommunication trope that is so prevalent in romance stories, then this is going to be a satisfying read. For some readers, it can be a bit stale from its overuse. A big part of the plot of this story hinges on Taichi and Kōhei not being able to be honest with each other, which creates a lot of tension and suspense as the two sort of drift a bit apart in this volume with their different paths. Maya is an interesting addition to the storyline, but some of Taichi's friends and coworkers are brushed passed and can be a bit difficult to tell apart at times. There is a bit of a payoff at the end that hints at happier future volumes, so frustrated readers won't be stuck there for long.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
I Hear the Sunspot #3
June 27, 2022
|
|
Now that the big miscommunication is over with, Taichi and Kōhei can finally be together! But they continue to have communication issues in this volume, which make the story a little frustrating. Kōhei keeps dealing with his hearing loss on his own instead of turning to folks who could potentially help him. This volume also shows some of the struggles of the Deaf community, especially the controversy of cochlear implants. If readers are not familiar with the Deaf community, the outrage over these devices may seem out of place, so I would encourage readers to do a bit of research along with this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
I Think Our Son is Gay #2 |
Feb 21, 2022
show
|
|
This is a quick read with very short chapters focusing on a specific topic or conversation, but there is a lot more storyline continuity in this volume than there was in volume one. Tomoko and his crush develop over several little chapters, and we'll hopefully get to see more of how Tomoko and his family support him with this. Yuri is definitely an easy crowd-favorite with his annoyed attitude that makes way often for ways to support his brother. At first, he often seems irritated that Tomoko doesn't just come out and say what he's really feeling, but his support for Tomoko comes out so often that you can't help but feel the love he has (and hides) for his brother. The dad really isn't in this one much again, so this might be building into a really big confrontation with the father, who is never really shown as support for folks being gay (and he definitely isn't around his son long enough to see the signs). It will be interesting to see how long the mangaka goes before we get more of
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
I Wanna Be Your Girl #1 |
Sep 28, 2025
show
|
|
Hime is larger than life and over the top in her reactions and protectiveness of Akira that bring humor to this title. Despite the theatrics, there are some deeper, touching moments and introspective dialogue that invite the reader to examine gender expression, especially in the importance of clothing and how that contributes to others' perception of us. Takase's illustrations rely on heavy outlining and can be comical at times, but character designs are adorably done.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
I'm in Love with the Villainess #1 |
Aug 06, 2022
show
|
|
There are probably plenty of folks out there who have played dating sims and not been satisfied with any of the choices the game gives you, so this story might be incredibly satisfying to them. It can be a little over the top, but I do appreciate the way Rae takes all of Claire's bullying in stride and messes up every one of her punch lines or efforts to make Rae uncomfortable. There is also a classic isekai trope where the main character knows too much because they bring their knowledge of the outside world (or in this case, the ridiculous number of times Rei played the game). Sometimes, that level of knowledge can be frustrating, but Rei's privileged knowledge only comes up a handful of times in this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
I'm the Grim Reaper #2 |
Feb 15, 2025
show
|
|
Occasionally, it's refreshing to find characters who are not instantly skilled at everything and to see that they'll need to grind their way through something. There are so many storylines where reborn characters are given everything they need and they just have to discover their skills. Poor Scarlet here had her booty handed to her! This volume was definitely more comical than the first, but Graveweaver still hooked me with the development of Scarlet in this volume. The mystery around the Red Spades in this volume is supremely intriguing, so hopefully we get to find out more about them in volume 3.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
I've Become an Omega Today OGN |
May 21, 2022
show
|
|
The bulk of the content of this story is centered around mating and intercourse in order to help Kanade deal with the physical pain and stress of his body being in heat. There are some pretty risqué moments between the two, but the tone and frequency of mating is similar to Sarah J. Mass’s A Court of Thorns and Roses or Throne of Glass series. The two are supposed to be attending school, but most of their time is not spent in class. Boys Love readers will probably enjoy this story, whether they know about the Omegaverse or not, as it does have some of the major tropes of BL stories that readers enjoy, including a plot almost entirely perpetrated because the two leads can't be fully honest with each other.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ichi the Witch #2 |
Mar 18, 2026
show
|
|
This volume is full of action but it also showcases Ichi’s creativity. Thanks to the different trials that he has to go through, we really get to see that he’s not all just action and sword. There are many funny moments between all of the witches, but it seems Desscaras has that permanent look of disappointment/ embarrassment that is featured on the cover. Despite being in her care, Ichi is constantly putting Desscaras in a position to be embarrassed in front of her colleague witches (in a funny way for all of us readers)
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
In the Clear Moonlit Dusk #1 |
Jul 01, 2023
show
|
|
Yoi’s struggle in this manga is a bit unique for shōjo manga, but is something that may resonate with readers. It feels very real and sincere, and the societal pressure to conform to what is expected is visceral. Many teens who are experiencing this similar struggle, the struggle that it may be better to go with expectations than to fight them, will see themselves in Yoi's plight. Other readers who don't have this current battle happening in their lives may see some of their behaviors are perpetuating someone to be a Yoi in their lives. This manga could start some interesting conversation or introspection amongst readers while also providing some complex characters and engaging storylines for further enjoyment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
In the Land of Leadale #1 |
Nov 13, 2023
show
|
|
This is a very easy going manga that has a similar relaxed feel to Frieren: Beyond Journey's End where Cayna is powerful but still unsure of herself and must do some development as a character and determine who she is despite her power. There are some parts that explain how the game worked and influenced the world, which I could honestly do without. Some readers might appreciate those details as it makes this title more in line with other game-oriented titles, but because the world has changed quite a bit since Keina played, the game pieces were a little irrelevant. I have a feeling that the game will matter less and less as the series progresses, and this will be more or less just a fantasy title.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
In The Name of the Mermaid Princess (2024) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
In The Name of the Mermaid Princess #2
April 29, 2024
|
|
This story has a lot of heart. There is so much about self-discovery and learning to love who you are even though that can feel scary and dangerous sometimes. Mio will also have to figure out her place in the world and whether she is too dangerous to be with the humans, and her new friend echos a lot of what her father taught her, but for different reasons this time. Towards the end of this volume, Mio also learns some valuable lessons about taking responsibility for her actions from a strong female figure who I hope plays a reoccurring role in the story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
In The Name of the Mermaid Princess #3
November 15, 2024
|
|
I’m glad we got more content with July and that he’s coming with because that makes the romance part of the story even more complicated! He’s also another grumpy character who will definitely butt heads with Yuri, but based on what we learned from his backstory, there’s potential to see him grow as a softy as well. This series is really satisfying lots of wants for those of us who have grown up on animated classic movies, so it has the potential to circulate well amongst young romance readers who want fantasy elements and are aging out of elementary titles where the main characters are fully animal characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
In The Name of the Mermaid Princess #4
June 16, 2025
|
|
It was so satisfying to see Mio take charge and create a plan that protected other unhumans, rather than continue to be a helpless girl in constant need of saving. While she was still a bit of a damsel in distress for a moment, she still used her powers to protect people and was able to show her strength in front of a powerful king. She's learning and growing! Fumikawa also shows some emotional range in this volume, as it also has some difficult moments with a bit of torture and cruelty.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
In The Name of the Mermaid Princess #5
April 30, 2026
|
|
This volume feels like a sprint to the end compared to the pace of some of the previous volumes. We cover quite a lot of narrative ground in a very short amount of time, and certain pieces are not given time to marinate before the characters have moved on to the next piece. In the beginning of this volume, We move through an entire kingdom in the span of a few panels where we had a few volumes dedicated to other kingdoms. This, unfortunately, happens towards the end of a manga series either due to the series being cancelled or to the mangaka's failing health, so I hope that the latter is not the case here. Regardless of the pacing issues, I am relieved to finally have some answers for Yuri’s past and to see what has been driving him for this entire series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
In The Name of the Mermaid Princess #6
June 5, 2026
|
|
All of the skills and courage Mio has learned along the way has led to this moment where she is standing up for herself and what she wants, and I am so happy to see the pay off of her journey. Some of the back and forth with Chika is a little less satisfying as they are now out in the open about their relationship and he’s not respecting her feelings as much as he could be, so hopefully we see some more healthy relationship habits at the conclusion of the series in the next volume. There is a LOT to wrap up in one volume!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
In The Shadow of the Throne OGN |
Mar 24, 2022
show
|
|
Coming out of the gate, this was a pretty strong story with a compelling beginning. Where it lost me was Jordan asking to be trained as a knight instead of asking the queen for a way home. He’s way too calm about the transported to another world bit, even if his little brothers are that annoying. That easy-going attitude is consistent throughout, as he seems completely unfazed by magic monsters and endangering his life over and over for a kingdom he just found. The budding romantic relationship between Jordan and the prince was a little predictable and treated a bit like an afterthought. Overall, there wasn't enough time devoted to a lot of portions of this story -- this easily could have been several volumes, but instead it was all smooshed together and everything happened very quickly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Insomniacs After School #2 |
Oct 27, 2023
show
|
|
This story has a much slower pace with hardly any action at all, but it is also very comforting and relaxing. The chapters are short and the overall feel is sort of slice-of-life, but each chapter progresses the storyline. Shiromaru also has an adorable cat, so this brings another cute element into this already adorable story. This volume introduces a romance element that might endear the storyline for some readers or it might disappoint others who were hoping this would be more of a story about platonic friendship. Overall, it is nice to see Nakami and Magari support one another, even though they have to break quite a few rules all the time in order to get what they need.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Is Love The Answer? OGN |
Aug 26, 2024
show
|
|
There are some poignant moments about what exactly is “normal” and how difficult pursuing that shifting goalpost can be at the best of times. There is so much pressure on young people to couple up and become romantically entangled at such a young age that the messages in this book, not only about asexuality, but about the healthy pursuit of romance and having productive conversations with your partner, are powerful and make this a welcome addition for high school collections.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Island in a Puddle (2022) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Island in a Puddle #1
July 27, 2022
|
|
So far, this story isn’t as amazing as Erased, but that’s a high bar to set, and it's possible that now I know to expect a twist that was fresh when I read Erased. The twist in this brings a bad person into the mix immediately, so there's a lot more tension right at the beginning that will keep readers engaged. Sanbe does a lot of great character work and builds a foundation in this volume that is already beginning to pay off. Most readers will be drawn in by these two young kids who have a really hard life, and their separation provides heightened anxiety that drives the narrative forward.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Island in a Puddle #2
October 14, 2022
|
|
Sanbe loves his tragic characters. Not only are the kids' lives horrible because of their absent mother, Minato-in-Kuromatsu finds another woman in a terrible situation, who helps him but is being physically abused by a man she recently met and can't seem to shake. Good on little Minato for helping her out of that situation, but there is so far no redeeming adults in this story. While we're watching Minato and Nagisa's childhood be ruined by abandonment, Kuromatsu-in-Minato thinks to himself how these kids still have a decent life, so it really made me wonder how horrible Kuromatsu's childhood was. Definitely don't pick this up for readers who need some happiness in their life! I'm not sure I would classify this as murder-mystery like Sanbe's beautiful Erased is, but there's definitely some mysterious elements to what's going on with this body-swap and some of the other hitmen.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
It's Lonely at the Centre of the Earth OGN |
Feb 07, 2024
show
|
|
It's always hard to judge autobiographical comics because they are so deeply personal, but for me, this comic was a little too stream-of-consciousness and thus disjointed. It does have some authentic voicing, and its depiction of depression is heartbreaking and accurate. There are definitely readers who will feel seen reading this comic, and it deserves a place on shelves serving an older population. Zoe is a young adult in the comic, and she doesn't hold back from difficult topics such as suicidal ideation, drug use, and sex.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Itaewon Class #1 |
Jul 13, 2024
show
|
|
This first volume seems more like a prologue setting up the backstory of Saeroyi Park and how he gets to Itaewon and establishes himself as a business owner in the neighborhood. The other character on the front cover is given a few pages at the beginning of this volume and then never revisited, so while she seems like she's going to be important later, she might get her own backstory and prologue later. This is definitely an instance where the book is made more popular by the show, in this case the K-drama, and if readers are requesting this title, it's most likely because they have heard about or watched the popular show rather than are clamoring for the book. There are also several time-jumps throughout this story, which skip over some really interesting parts of Saeroyi's life, almost like the author is in a hurry to get to the part where Saeroyi gets to Itaewon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jujutsu Kaisen (2019) |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Jujutsu Kaisen #0
July 15, 2023
|
|
Like many Western readers of this series, I have read volume zero out of order in the universe timeline, as this book wasn’t published in the US until 2 years after volume one. This serves as a bit of a prequel, but this is definitely a fine place for new readers to start the series. There is a lot of action in this volume, and readers don’t necessarily have to have an emotional attachment to any of the characters here in order to appreciate the story. In fact, this might give some much-needed context to the second year students in the main story (Toge, Maki, and Panda), who are very glossed over when they’re first introduced in later volumes. Yuka's story is also very engaging and a good introduction to some of the way cursed energy works with Jujutsu sorcerers without being as overwhelming as the explanations get to be in volumes one and two.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jujutsu Kaisen #2
January 22, 2022
|
|
My least favorite thing about this volume was picking up in the middle of the storyline with the special grade demon. It was a really abrupt beginning to the volume. After the story got going, this volume had a lot of great explanations of jujutsu magic and how the world works. Not all of it makes sense, and the mangaka even apologizes for how confusing it all is, but it's nice to see the thought put into the story. Gogo is an absolute BA character, but he has his complications. There are hints in this volume that the jujutsu society is not all on the up-and-up, and Gogo often clashes with his hire-ups. With powers like his though, I think he's more likely to be left alone to run his school the way he wants to. There were a couple of side characters introduced here that were completely forgettable in this volume (and one of them is a panda!), so if they're going to be important, hopefully they will get more time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jujutsu Kaisen #3
July 20, 2022
|
|
This is so far the best volume in the series. Akutami builds up a satisfying amount of development for both Mahito and Junpei, and the payoff is that I’m rooting for Junpei to come out of this unscathed despite what he’s driven to at the end of this volume. Itadori kind of takes a back seat in this one, and there isn’t nearly the level of explanation that volume two contained (as I think Akutami was really trying to get the entire system out on paper in one volume). Nanami is also a pretty awesome character, and I laugh at and appreciate his strict adherence to his timecard and hatred for overtime. Now that we've gotten the tiresome world-building out of the way, it seems we are clear to have some great story and character development.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jujutsu Kaisen #4
January 19, 2023
|
|
There are some really powerful moments amongst all the fighting and show-boating in this volume. Itadori has some key moments with Nanami where he questions his role as a weapon to destroy people corrupted by demons. Swagger aside, Itadori shows that he's still a kid, someone that the adults in his life should probably protect instead of place in hopeless situations. These moments of vulnerability make Itadori into a worthwhile protagonist, and really enriches a story that could very easily be just about good guys with powers fighting bad guy demons. The weakness for me in this volume was the squabbles with the high schoolers and the tournament they're going into.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jujutsu Kaisen #5
January 17, 2024
|
|
The illustrations become more polished in this volume, which I appreciate, but I’m still waiting for the characters to have some individual voicing. Everyone sounds the same. From this volume, Todo stands out as an interesting character with humorous voicing and some fun motivations, but most of the secondary characters sound and feel very similar. As they start to get their own stories and their own feature fights, they might start to have individual voicing, but after reading Demon Slayer where Gotouge gave room for every character to be unique, this series struggles with giving characters space and making me care about them. The magic system also requires a lot of explanation and is pretty confusing when it does, so that pulls me out of the main story often.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jujutsu Kaisen #6
February 12, 2024
|
|
There are a lot of terms to know and keep track of with this magic system, so if readers can keep track of all of it or just gloss by it and move on, it might not bother them so much. I wish there was a glossary of terms to look up everything because we're six volumes in and there’s so much still being explained! But past that, the battle sequences are intense and I enjoy seeing Todo and Itadori work together. Their banter is entertaining and it’s also good to see Itadori’s growth happen in real time. This volume also has some awesome awesome action towards the end for anyone who is a fan of Satoru, which I am.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Jungle Juice (2023) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Jungle Juice #2
April 22, 2024
|
|
Eun is spinning some intricate plots and webs that are getting really interesting, and it’s only volume two! There is also a slow build up of characters surrounding Suchan that I appreciate because we can get attached to each one of them in turn as the story progresses and be introduced to and learn about their unique powers. Volume one gave us a great opportunity to learn about Suchan and his backstory, and volume two wove in three more characters but gave bits about their powers and backstory while driving the overall narrative forward.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jungle Juice #3
May 27, 2024
|
|
The tournament serves as a good chance for Eun to introduce more students and showcase new human-insect hybrids, as well as show off more abilities that they have. The outcome of the tournament is fairly predictable since we have three main characters at this point, but the rest of the volume focuses on the fourth member of the main group who we haven't spent a ton of time with. We learn more about Hyeseong's background and why he wants to be the Top Student, as we as increase some of the romantic tensions that started in the previous volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jungle Juice #4
December 21, 2024
|
|
There are a lot of intense fight scenes in this volume, which are great for the pacing of the story, but it can be challenging at times to keep track of Suchan as he zips around the pages and does everything at top speeds. The creative team masterfully build the tension in each situation and has given the readers enough clues that our hero team doesn't have, so the heightened tension is satisfyingly frustrating and keeps the pages turning just as much as the action. The characters do have some alcoholic drinks to celebrate and there is a moment where Suchan believes he's going to get lucky, but he's tricked instead, so this is still a title I recommend for older teen audiences.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jungle Juice #5
June 24, 2025
|
|
This series is always interesting for learning about different insects and powers that are brought in as inspiration for this large cast of characters, and it’s fascinating to see them paired up in fights. The one detractor has been the fight scenes because the panels full of zoom lines with some colors to indicate which character is involved in that motion, and then a few panels later we see the fall out of all the zipping around.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Jungle Juice #6
April 5, 2026
|
|
Mischievous students are going to do what mischievous students do best, right? Plot against all the best laid plans of their teachers and still end up in the biggest wad of trouble they can, then have to be rescued after doing massive amounts of property damage. Volume six continues to deliver on the action of this series and makes things even more ludicrous than some of the previous entries because, of course we're not going to involve the adults who work at the school who have never steered us wrong. As an adult reader, this one made me laugh. As a student reading this, the premise will probably make much more sense.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Just Like Mona Lisa #3 |
May 08, 2025
show
|
|
This is a heavy book dealing with some difficult questions, and it does so in a realm that not many other books occupy at the moment. This series could be the basis for a lot of great conversation on gender, stereotyping, and relationships that would resonate with teen readers. There are a few moments as Hinase works through their feelings and Ritsu is shown in her underwear that it gets a little up close and personal, but this isn’t done in a fan-service or ecchi way — Hinase is legitimately struggling with some intensity of attraction and identity. This title approaches gender topics with care and weight, not with comedy or punchlines.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kageki Shojo #1 |
Mar 08, 2025
show
|
|
While Sarasa is positive and cheerful to a fault, there are some moments of character development in this first volume that are excellently executed, particularly of one of the professors whose backstory is explored brilliantly. This manga will appeal to readers who are themselves thespians or fans of the theatrical arts, including those who are interested in set and costume designs. The "twist" ending of this volume may come as a shock to some readers, but will be a narrative payoff for those who paid attention to Sarasa's vignettes throughout the volume, and it very well could hook readers who were only casually interested until that point.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kagurabachi #2 |
Jun 14, 2025
show
|
|
This is a very emotionally gripping and surprising story, and it's captivating and satisfying for many readers. Pages are filled with fight scenes but they're not overly gratuitous; Hokazono has made me care about characters within two volumes only to rip them from me and make me upset; and there's a sprinkle of comedic relief to keep it a little refreshing. The one thing that has disappointed me this volume is that the quality of the illustrations has suffered compared to volume one. There were some gorgeous moments with Chihiro's introduction and the magic of the enchanted swords, but we really didn't get very much of that this volume. Instead, we are leaning more towards the rough, sparse illustrations of Chainsaw Man that kind of irk me. Most shōnen fans at this point in time will probably be just fine, so if you have readers enjoying the series, keep on supplying them with more volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kaijin Fugeki: Kindled Spirits #1 |
Jan 10, 2026
show
|
|
The narrative structure of this first volume feels very convoluted. The flow feels like the pieces were pulverized in a blender before put together in the volume. There are few transitions to clue readers into the next section or to let us know we’re seeing a flashback, so navigating is confusing. The art, however, is phenomenal. The nights are illustrated with large, full panel details to give a sense of their scale. Gao and Jin have a sort of choreographed dance to execute their powers, and the illustrations are gorgeous. But, there are some unfortunate moments of fan service, such as strange female body poses to capture both posterior and chest, or Gao's mother's chest inexplicably enlarging with every page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kaina of the Great Snow Sea #2 |
May 06, 2025
show
|
|
The passage of time passage is shown very minutely, as I’m not sure there’s an actual sun on the snow sea. Everything is very white-washed and there is no distinction between night and day, so it's hard to tell how long Kaina and Ririha spend in climbing down the tree spire. Likewise, it's hard to know how long Ririha's men spend searching for her and fighting off the more well-equipped soldiers on their full-sized ships. Despite this disorientation, there is a lot of action in this volume. Large panels of majestic battle moments fill this volume as Takemoto demonstrates his skills as an artist.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kamen Rider: Kuuga #1 |
Jan 09, 2023
show
|
|
There is quite a bit of action in this manga, and not all of it is fully detailed. The illustrations are pretty sparse and don’t live up to the amount of stuff the mangaka want to have happen in each panel. That said, this is a great slow-burn build-up to the main point of the series. This entire volume could serve as a prologue for the main storyline and hero, as I suspect Ichijo isn't really the star of the series. Kamen Rider has been produced since the 1970s with limited exposure in North America, but this installment is a good jumping-in point for new fans. This will definitely appeal to fans of Power Rangers, Ultraman, and other tokusatsu storylines.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Karneval #1 |
Oct 19, 2023
show
|
|
As we’re at the beginning of the story, there is a lot of world building and character introduction that had to take place, and so that somewhat bogged down this book overall but there was still a lot of action to drive the story forward, and most of the characters we meet this far are interesting. there were a couple background characters that sort of became blurry and indistinguishable because of lack of development overall, so hopefully they get some more page time and more distinction in further volumes. This story also has to rectify a lack of time passage - sometimes in narratives, especially when there are travel stories, we see characters move from one place to another, and there is nothing to note the passage of time, like sun setting or events happening in the evening. I hope future volumes start to include some visual cues for days passing even when characters are on the airship.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kindergarten Wars #1 |
Aug 28, 2025
show
|
|
The overall premise of this story has a pretty funny set up, though I was a little concerned this was going to be a slice of life on repeat when the first two chapters were almost identical. Chiba did change up the formula significantly and introduced new elements in the following chapters, but similar through lines and call backs kept the laughs flowing and helped the absurdity. There is a lot of uncensored violence and mild cussing throughout that might make this better for high school audiences.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
King The Land #1 |
Jun 15, 2025
show
|
|
There’s a weaving of fantasy with reality that reminds readers that we’re reading about children, but usually the fantasy setting is whimsical and beautiful. In this case, the fantasy world is dreary and terrible, symbolic of the hurt in Gu Won's heart. Sa Rang is a breath of joyful air who teaches Go Won to be happy despite the pain his family puts him through through. This story is an emotional roller-coaster that will appeal to fans who enjoy complicated, slow-burn romance stories. The last moments of volume one have some jarring bits that might throw readers and may completely change their perception of the whole story if they aren’t familiar with the Netflix show or don't know where volume two intends to take us.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
King's Maker #1 |
May 29, 2026
show
|
|
While Sookyuk’s station in the palace is horrifying, creators Haga and Jiyoung do well to hint at the king’s pedophilia and not blatantly putting anything on the page, giving us just enough to be sickened and provide enough to prove Sookyuk’s desperation and motivation. Sookyuk and Wolfgang are complex and have their clear reasons for readers to compassionately care for them and want to continue reading their journey. Both characters have complex backstories that are well developed in this first volume, and the motivations driving both to want a better kingdom is compelling. It is clear from this first volume that a lot of thought and care has been put into developing these characters and their relationship.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kirby Manga Mania #1 |
Nov 13, 2025
show
|
|
This silly collection of short stories is full of juvenile humor, and it made me laugh out loud on more than one occasion. Hikawa's author’s note at the beginning of each chapter gives a bit of context for each story or gives reason why it was included in the volume. Because it’s a collection of short stories, this reads like slice of life and doesn’t have a connected storyline. This makes it a perfect fit for younger audiences who have shorter attention spans or who can’t always read these volumes in order.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Knights of Sidonia #1 |
Apr 17, 2022
show
|
|
This is one of those sci-fi books I keep hearing about as fundamental, but so far, the first volume doesn't seem to be as influential and timeless as Akira was for the same genre. There is some fan service that is a little jarring given how series the rest of the storyline is. There are lots of jumps in narration that don't always make sense, but if the reader sort of roles with it and doesn't ask too many questions, they'll see the holes left behind aren't critical to the overall storyline. The action sequences and some of the illustrations are a little hard to follow, and it's difficult to tell some of the Sidonians apart because their facial structure is the same. However, the Gauna are pretty terrifying, so that is one area where Nihei's illustrations are done well. I might give this one more volume to see if any of the issues I have are resolved.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kubo Won't Let Me Be Invisible #1 |
Jun 28, 2022
show
|
|
This is a tamer version of the tropes in Don't Toy with Me, Miss Nagatoro! where the girl has a lot of power over the socially-awkward boy. There are still some moments of teasing in this story that kind of cross the line into bullying. Kubo obviously has feelings for Shiraishi and uses her attractiveness to make him a little uncomfortable at times, and it's not always in a playful way that could be construed as flirting. It ends with a pretty sweet Christmas story where the two have a bit more of an equal relationship, so I have a little bit of hope that this will mellow out in future volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Kusunoki's Flunking Her High School Glow-Up #1 |
Oct 26, 2024
show
|
|
This title overly emphasizes that looks are all important and possibly sends the wrong messages about what is really necessary for a high school student’s happiness. Kusunoki is emotionally pretty dependent on Shizuki and doesn’t really respect his boundaries, forcing him to do things for her even when he has made it clear she makes him uncomfortable. In a few volumes' time, Kusunoki could be the one who breaks Shizuki's curse and he might be able to talk to girls again, but it would have been nice for this to come about organically or in a healthy, cooperative way where both benefit from each other, like the two leads do in Komi Can't Communicate.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Laughing Under the Clouds #1 |
Mar 10, 2022
show
|
|
The first half of this story focusing on the Kumo brothers was pretty intriguing, but it was way too short. The second half with its necessary historical context was very well done and almost better than the first half. It had wonderful pacing and some more complex characters. We don't fully discover why Hirari doesn't want to fight Orochi, but it makes him lots more interesting than brothers trying to make their elder brother proud. It might have been better to put "Fleeting Laughter" as a zero volume and put more chapters on the Kumo brothers in volume one. Hopefully, volume two will establish more intrigue with the brothers. It's clear KaraKaraKemuri knows how to tell a story and develop characters in a short amount of time, so I'm optimistic that the storyline with the Kumo brothers will get more interesting.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Like A Butterfly #1 |
Nov 16, 2023
show
|
|
There is a lot of sweetness and innocence in this title about first crushes and high school social life. But this volume uses a lot of the same high-school life tropes that are prevalent in the genre - school trips to the beach, handing your crush a cell-phone charm, establishing love rivalries, an overly beautiful young girl who’s socially inept - that I’m not certain this volume one stands out quite yet as a story. This might be a decent middle-school romance for folks who like Morishita's work on A Sign of Affection and want something for younger readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Little Witch Academia #1 |
Apr 18, 2023
show
|
|
This story was a little hard to follow at times. It felt like I was missing chapters or was supposed to know which things were flashbacks without the traditional black gutters (even though black gutters were used sometimes). There are a lot of caricatures as characters - snobby mean girl, a girl really into snacks, a shy girl who would rather work with machines than human, and a few more. Akko is also a little over the top in how bad she is, how upbeat she is, and how bumbling she is. Despite the lack of depth to the characters, this might be an engaging story for younger readers who are looking for funny moments more than complex characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lore Olympus (2021) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Lore Olympus #2
December 18, 2022
|
|
Smythe's art is fantastic as always, and hopefully readers are paying attention to what shade she chooses for each god. This is not only good for keeping track of who is who, there are probably whole essays on the meaning of the choices Smythe has made for each character.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lore Olympus #3
December 29, 2022
|
|
There is quite a lot of talking in this volume, but it's definitely needed. After the last two books had some shock value to them, it's nice that we get to see Hades and Persephone actually form a friendship - it's not a montage or told to us later. There are a lot of helpful things about this book as well - characters advocate for therapy and self-care to deal with traumatic incidents. It's yet to be seen whether anyone will take the advice, but the representation is important, and it's good to see that characters treat trauma delicately and appropriately.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lore Olympus #4
August 25, 2023
|
|
This book may be full of tons of drama, but technically, so was Greek mythology. I love how Smythe is adapting so much source material into a modern setting and incorporating a lot of modern romantic tropes into her characters. Readers who have been waiting for Persephone to grow a backbone may be satisfied that we're starting to see it a bit in this volume. There are also some wonderful mythology easter eggs hidden throughout for readers who are familiar with the source material, but they won't be too confusing for those who are not in the know.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lost Lad London (2022) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Lost Lad London #1
June 1, 2022
|
|
This story is a really engaging murder-mystery that doles out clues and developments in a satisfying pace that is sure to keep readers hooked and wondering how right they are in their suspicions. Both main characters have a lot of depth developed within the first volume despite the very minimal detailing and exposition in the word balloons. The art is also very different from other manga styles. It’s a little more western and sparse in character detail, favoring more atmospheric drawings and an emphasis on characters' surroundings, but these major differences still lead to enjoyable and meaningful panels.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lost Lad London #2
November 22, 2022
|
|
This volume does a lot of building, with lots of character building, and relationship building between Ellis and Al. It also introduces racial profiling in policing as Al is targeted not just for the coincidences of being around the Mayor on his final day. There are many wordless panels where Al is going about his day or shopping for food. Using this style within a mystery novel creates a sense of tension, as if the audience perspective is really the killer's, and he's following Al through his daily life. The art continues to be a high point of this story with its blend of traditional manga style and western illustrations. This is a great investment for established manga fans, and murder-mystery fans looking for an entry-point to manga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Lost Lad London #3
August 1, 2023
|
|
Without giving too much away about this murder-mystery, the ending might be a little predictable for fans of the genre if they've consumed a lot of other content in this area, but it was still fairly satisfying because of the way Al and Ellis come to trust one another after all. Personally, I’ve been trying to figure out who is the “Lad” is from the title, and the ending has made me fairly reflective about how it could be either Al or Ellis. Even though the end to the murder-mystery part was slightly predictable, the overall series ending left me very satisfied. This series also doesn't shy away from tackling some heavy topics. Al is targeted and racially profiled by the police, something he discusses with Ellis, and something his framer uses to his advantage to make Al a more perfect murder suspect. Several women on the police force also discuss whether they should continue being detectives since they wil have a harder time advancing without giving up their personal lives because they
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Love In The Palm Of His Hand #1 |
Nov 16, 2025
show
|
|
The connection between Keito and Fujinaga in this first volume is beautiful and inspiring. Keito notes that Fujinaga is patient and always repeats when he accidentally looks away or forgets to show Keito his lips. This sweet moment caused me to reflect on times I have not been patient in my life and makes me want to do better next time. These empathy-building moments are extremely important for readers. Also, the illustrations of Fujinaga signing and becoming lost in the moment, especially when his story takes life -- those pages were transformative. The illustrations were beautifully realized and fluid. I hope we can all create a human connection that personal and meaningful. This was a great beginning to a beautiful story, and one worthy of inclusion because of its captivating moments AND its disability representation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Love Me for Who I Am #1 |
Feb 16, 2022
show
|
|
At first glance and within the first few chapters, this is a sort of light-hearted, kinda silly story that centers around people playing dress up and trying to find a place they can fit in. But, after the silliness is over, this is a heart-warming story about acceptance, and about letting people be who they want to be without judgment. Mogumo inspires others to challenge the binary and to find where they feel they belong. There are a few instances of misgendering in this first volume, specifically Tetsu towards his brother, who now presents as female, so that is a little jarring amidst the message of acceptance from the rest of the cast of characters. Hopefully, this gets corrected in later volumes -- as nonbinary characters are hard to come by, especially in manga, it would be wonderful to have a story that achieves acceptance and representation at the same time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lovesick Ellie #1 |
Aug 15, 2022
show
|
|
So first off, I don’t think “Pervy” is quite the right word in English, and it being in the synopsis and throughout the book really pushed me away from this title for a while. Most of the time, Eriko is being boy-crazy or just fantasizing about having a boyfriend. Her twitter alter-ego and made-up boyfriend go on dates, hold hands, kiss, etc. At one point when her and her friend go to a lingerie shop, it does inspire a tweet about her imaginary boyfriend wanting a bra that would be easy to take off, but that’s about as risqué as it gets. The relationship between Eriko and Ohmi is also pretty innocent and sort of sweet, as both of them deep down want someone who is going to take the time to get to know them. Hopefully, readers and buyers won't get a totally wrong impression of this first volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lu and Ren’s Guide to Geozoology OGN |
Sep 16, 2025
show
|
|
As it begins, this is a story about a young girl trying to find her grandma and learning who her grandma really is, but this deceptively deep story is so much more than that. Hidden within a fantastical adventure with complex magical creatures are two young girls struggling with their families and the pressures they face from their familial expectations. Readers can draw their own real-life parallels -- pressures to choose the right career path and college, pressure to choose a pathway in school at a younger and younger age, and so on. Lu and Ren also have disagreements but come back together in healthy and supportive ways that model good communication and positive friendship. To top all of this off, the animals are adorable and colorful, perfect for fans of O'Neill's The Tea Dragon Society who might be slightly older now.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Lucas Wars OGN |
Dec 29, 2025
show
|
|
This behind-the-scenes tell-all provides intimate details about George’s struggles to get people to believe in the epic many of us readers know and love. I appreciated reading the different versions of the script and loved watching these be depicted panel-by-panel as the creators assumed their readers would understand the differences to the final movie. The narration and dialogue partner together to create a blend of showing and telling that make this feel less like watching a documentary.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Magical Girl Incident |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Magical Girl Incident #1
July 23, 2023
|
|
I am personally a sucker for magical girl stories because they were my introduction to manga, and I also love Shonen tropes, so this manga seems to blend the best of both! There were times I laughed out loud reading this story, and I really enjoyed some of the twists and turns Hiromi went through. The surprise ending definitely left me wanting volume two! Akabane's illustration combines some hallmarks of different manga styles. Characters can be cutesy and comical when necessary, but Hiromi's magical girl transformations are stylized and beautiful as they often are in shōjo manga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Magical Girl Incident #2
February 10, 2026
|
|
This title continues to take all of the perceived gender stereotypes of magical girl manga and society and play with them as much as possible with a lot of humorous moments. The lore dump of magical system is mostly fine except for the rather confusing Life Box, which Sakura is told must be guarded at all times. Then, they find out his is missing but they don’t seem to be in that much of a hurry to go find and retrieve it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Magical Girl Incident #3
June 8, 2026
|
|
In this final volume of the story, Akabane is hard pressed to tie up many storylines, and this is doe through may wild twists and turns that I didn't fully see coming. One in particular that I didn't anticipate but I enjoyed was Misaki's villain origin story. This series is short and sweet, ad it doesn't waste time with a lot of filler or unnecessary monsters, but it also doesn't full explore concepts or build out the world fully. There are some side characters that were introduced that are unfortunately never seen again. However, what this series excels at is taking many tropes and stereotypes and playing with expectations.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Maid to Skate #1 |
Feb 28, 2026
show
|
|
Thanks to Hana's frequent mess ups, this manga is full of hilarity. Hana herself is energetic and good-natured, always trying to do her best but often failing miserably. Hana's fellow maid, Iris, is a bit more serious and does everything with an air of importance, making her a great foil for Iris' carefree effervescence. There are moments in between chapters dedicated to skating knowledge where readers can learn about board construction, trick names and history, as well as the characters. This slice-of-life can be a stand-alone as a single volume, or libraries can continue to purchase the series when volume two hits shelves in November of 2026.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Manga Quest History: The Cold War and Beyond #1 |
Apr 29, 2026
show
|
|
In order to contextualize these real historical moments, Nanbo creates characters and grounds them in each chapter and provides an audience stand-in for us to follow and sympathize with. There are fast facts peppered throughout and other explanations of details for readers, which may pull them out of the narrative as these footnotes happen within the panels, so I suggest waiting until a proper pause to go back and read the notes to avoid chopping the narration. This is written from a Japanese perspective, and the final chapter provides a refreshing and varied look at world events, especially given the climate this is being published into. There are many opportunities for use in classroom discussions and parring with anchor texts, especially using individual chapters along with primary sources in study of history.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mao (Viz) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Mao #3
March 6, 2022
|
|
Every time we discover another thing about this world or what happened to our main characters, we discover three more things that makes the mystery deepen! There are a lot of questions now about how Mao got this power and even about his master and the family he served 900 years ago. Nanoka is more of a minor character in this volume, with Takahashi instead favoring developing more of Mao's backstory.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Mao #4
May 20, 2022
|
|
This series is really non-stop, just like Takahashi's many other series. Just when Nanoka thinks she's going to be getting a breather, another set of demons or monsters is after them. Those things get dealt with, in a usually awesome magical fashion, and then here come more former apprentices to get in Mao's face. There is one element of slow burn, and that's of Nanoka's development. She's kind of an accessory, the audience stand-in, so it seems like Takahashi is hesitant to make her too dissimilar from the audience. Her power is developed much slower when compared to what we're learning about Mao and his abilities. Hopefully, now that we know of her earth affinity, we can see her getting some more spell-time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Mao #5
February 7, 2023
|
|
There are some pretty big twists in this volume, including a revelation about who the water caster was that entered the Five-Sided Room with Kamon, Hyakka, and Mao. Some long-time fans of Takahashi might see the twist with Yurako coming, but it was still welcome and make this story even more intriguing! Mao continuously has his life on the line, so the life-hanging-in-the-balance cliffhanger at the end might drive readers straight into volume six, or might be old hat at this point. For me, the story is getting more engaging and high-stakes, which means I want to follow along with these characters more. We get some more depth to Kamon this volume, so I definitely want to continue seeing Takahashi build up her cast of supporting characters while giving us enough Mao content!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
March #3 |
Jan 17, 2022
show
|
|
While some of the demonstrations in the previous two volumes were definitely part of my Civil Rights education, there is not an event that sticks out in my head so much as "Bloody Sunday." The news footage from that day horrified a nation in 1965, and it is some of the most powerful footage I ever saw in my school years. This volume is a little longer than the other two, but it also contains some of the most powerful moments of the Civil Rights Movement. Lewis and Aydin continue to not pull their punches - they depict the infighting between the Civil Rights groups, the dysfunction of SNCC towards the end of Lewis' time as chairperson, and continue to point out when grandstanding happened - but this honesty in portraying historical moments and people make the narrative powerful.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Marriage of Convenience #1 |
Nov 07, 2025
show
|
|
Despite getting a second chance at life, Bianca does not come back as a perfectly reformed character, and she still has plenty of rough around the edges. She's tough, and potentially hard to love. There are some very real and relatable moments in this first volume, as well as some beautiful examples of honest conversations between two adult people building a life together who obviously have some hurt to overcome. Bianca is a flawed main character who doesn't have it all figured out, but readers will still want to root for her to succeed this time around.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mecha-Ude: Mechanical Arms #1 |
Feb 23, 2026
show
|
|
This book has humor, action, and a powerful female character early on. The instant trust and dependence between Alma and Hikaru begets hilarity and creates some precarious situations as one can imagine from high tech being affixed to a sweater. There isn’t a big lore dump in this first volume, so things are still a bit confusing but explained enough to keep the story flowing. The full color illustrations and the cinematic panels capture the full experience of the anime adaptation of Mecha-Ude. The tease within the last few pages hints at much larger stakes to come in volume two if readers stick around to see it unfold.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Medalist #2 |
Sep 01, 2024
show
|
|
The competitions are portrayed very intensely, but the figure skating is drawn so beautifully and with such care. Tsurumaikada breaks down some of the moves like you’re watching a sports broadcast, so even readers who don’t have a firm grasp on all the skating terms can enjoy what's going on. There are also some wonderful character moments with Inori's mom realizing what she has been doing to her daughter and how she's been treating her all these years, as well as some great moments of growth with Inori and Tsukasa around skating and perseverance.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Merry Witches' Life #1 |
Jul 09, 2025
show
|
|
This story started off with several very strong chapters, particularly the flashbacks where we learn about how Zoe and Clive met. By the middle of this volume, the pace slows significantly, and it starts to feel like a slice of life novel. Zoe and Eliza are not adept at learning magic, and I’m afraid to think what will become of Clive while Zoe is learning. There is a little undercurrent established with some tension between Zoe and another character, and that created some interest throughout the book, but there's a bit too much meandering — is it about the magic? Is it about the three ladies dealing with their grief? Is it about the people in the village? Is it a romance? Is it a mystery? There are a lot of individual threads established in a relatively short amount of time, so nothing gets enough time to fully develop.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Miraculous: Tales of Ladybug & Cat Noir #1 |
Jan 09, 2024
show
|
|
This is a pretty cute magical girl (and magical boy in this case) story. There are some tensions built up that the reader is all knowing of, especially the romantic tensions, and there are insights on the big-bad that are revealed at the end of this volume that will help keep younger readers hooked into the next volume. One major problem is that there is no segue or any sort of introduction into this volume, so readers who don’t know the show might be lost for a page or two until they get into the story and become familiar with the characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mission: Yozakura Family #1 |
Dec 30, 2022
show
|
|
This story starts off with a pretty ridiculous premise and a jump into a marriage that is hard to believe. The beginning feels very much like Gondaira really needed to shoe-horn Asano into Mutsumi's life and couldn't think of another way to do it. But, if readers suspend disbelief for about forty pages, then the action and story get a little better. Asano starts to train with the Yozakura family members, and he steadily progresses in his skills of observation, speed, cunning, and strength. His journey is difficult, though, because he doesn't have a special ability like the rest of the Yozakura family, so he isn't as perfect as them at executing missions. Hopefully, the storyline progresses away from just keeping Mutsumi safe, or this premise could get pretty stale pretty quickly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Monotone Blue OGN |
May 24, 2023
show
|
|
This story was heartbreaking in a very different way from the mangaka's other works. The loneliness and need for acceptance is portrayed exceptionally well, and my heart ached for both Aoi and Hachi. This is labeled as a boys love story, and while it could be taken that there is a romantic entanglement by the end of the story, I more so enjoyed watching their friendship grow and both finding comfortability around another living soul. That part of the story will definitely resonate with teen readers, many of whom in a post-pandemic world are looking for a living soul with whom they can be at peace - friend or otherwise.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Monsters We Make #1 |
Mar 25, 2026
show
|
|
CoryxKenshin and Mikell start this story with violent action, not world building. While people get ripped apart, the focus is on the importance of working together and the need to trust each other to survive. In this dystopia, we learn what is at stake along with Jabari. There are hints of relying on technology being problematic. The art has a Western influence. Extra lines during monster fight scenes make those panels darker while also blurring reality and blurring the lines between monsters and humans. This story is perfect for fans of Blue Exorcist.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Mr. Villain's Day Off #1 |
Jul 30, 2024
show
|
|
This is a cute slice-of-life (with some repeated intro information every chapter as often happens with serialized content), and there are some pretty funny moments. Mr. Villain even promotes his brand of wisdom to an underling, so we know this is an important philosophy he has for everyone, not just himself as the boss. There are times when he helps humans (who almost all turn out to be Rangers), so despite being fearsome on the clock, he's a good dude overall and reminds us to help out our fellows once in a while.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Muted #1 |
Apr 02, 2026
show
|
|
The art throughout this volume is very beautiful. The coloring is bright and vibrant, especially the vibrant greens that pop in a world full of dark hues. Within a few pages, the Mundt creates an environment where you feel Camille’s high stakes and the pressure of her family’s expectations. Her cousin takes a bit of a back seat in the second half of the volume to make way for Camille’s journey of self-discovery, which is necessary but it’s an unfortunate punishment for a fun character. Hopefully, we see more of her in volume two.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
My Brain is Different: Stories of ADHD and Other Developmental Disorders OGN |
Dec 02, 2025
show
|
|
These powerful personal narratives present fascinating and honest portrayals of what everyday life is like for people whose brains process information differently, and the care in which Monzusu conveys their stories is commendable. Not only is this a beautiful collection for readers to be able to empathize with the daily life of other people, there's a chance that readers may see themselves in the life experience of one of these nine people and be motivated to talk to a medical professional about their special brains. This book is definitely something that all teen and adult libraries should consider purchasing.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
My Clueless First Friend #1 |
May 15, 2024
show
|
|
There is so much positivity going on despite the undercurrent of bullying that follows Nishimura, and the sweetness between the two friends has a beautiful message of acceptance. Takada is constantly building up Nishimura, but none of it rings hollow. This story has some nice, short chapters which are great for younger readers. Some of the beginning chapters have repeated information due to the original serialization of the story, but once readers get passed that, it's on to some hilarious comebacks to bullies from Takada, an adorable kitten, and some summer adventures for the friends. There are some growing pains of childhood friendships that might resonate with young readers who are probably navigating some of their first major friendships as well.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
My Gemini OGN |
Jun 04, 2024
show
|
|
This story was a little confusing up until the reveal at the end, but the main crux of this story was dealing with grief. It didn’t need to be rooted in the Jekyll /Hyde story at all for the point to be realized. It didn't really rely on the dichotomy of Jekyll and Hyde from the classic story so much as the classic trope of twins switching places or being jealous of one another. Readers don't really need a familiarity of the story to understand or appreciate this tale. All that aside, this story is more so about the sense of identity that one creates that the outside world gets to see, and how a person feels about that sense of identity. If readers can stick it out until the end, there is a payoff to be had, but it is a bit of a challenge and some stamina is needed to get to it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
My Happy Marriage (2022) |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
My Happy Marriage #1
June 28, 2023
|
|
There is quite a lot of internal monologue in this story, from every character’s perspective, but it truly gives a lot of depth and insight into each character. It may feel a little excessive at times, but Agitogi uses a lot of this to show the depth of the characters, particularly how broken and terrified Miyo is. Having served teens with abusive relationships and knowing some of the traumatic lives they live, this book speaks deeply to the types of behaviors and internalization that victims of abuse go through. I think Agitogi has carefully and faithfully portrayed what happens to victims of abuse, and this is one of the most in-depth manga to deal with this issue. Despite this being set in a fantasy land, I believe readers will connect with Miyo and be sympathetic to her struggle.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
My Happy Marriage #2
July 16, 2023
|
|
This story is, first and foremost, a slow romance and a story of healing. There might be some magical plot points that could develop further later, especially with the hints about how important Miyo could be to the future of magical people, but the appeal of this story is Miyo being able to heal and being supported by a person who is widely misunderstood. Kudo and Miyo are two broken folks who have possibly found their person. There could be some complications later as Miyo had a childhood sweetheart that was swept up by Kaya, but I think I and other readers would be immensely satisfied to see these two build a relationship where they can both be at peace.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
My Happy Marriage #3
August 21, 2023
|
|
The first two volumes of this series has been a bit of a slow burn romance with plenty of time devoted to Miyo healing and due diligence to the propriety of the time period in regards to Miyo and Kudo's courtship. Volume three, however, has quite a tone shift as the violence Miyo has been subjected to is no longer hinted at, and the supernatural abilities are laid out in panels, no longer hinted. The pacing also picks up in this volume, and there are a few more subplots and mysteries to keep track of as well. Hopefully, fans who stuck around and enjoyed this beautiful story of healing will also enjoy what is turning into something intriguing with moments of action.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
My Happy Marriage #4
October 29, 2023
|
|
In this volume, we're getting into how Miyo really is special, and it's exciting even if it is a trope. It's clear that she needs more time to heal, and I'm glad to see that the mangaka is showing how slow that process is instead of rushing through it or glossing over how painful that can be. I also appreciate how we have a limited perspective of what's happening in the world and we aren't given a full omniscient 3rd person point of view for the larger conflict that's happening -- rather, we have a slice told from Miyo and Kudo's perspective as they are given information.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
My Happy Marriage #5
June 17, 2025
|
|
This volume has some payoffs and beautiful ah-ha moments as we finally get explanations for how special Miyo is. Special thanks goes to Hazuki, Kudo’s sister, for explaining the dynamic between Kudo and Miyo and finally getting things through Kudo's thick skull because the two of them would be lost and helpless without her. There may be long periods of time between volumes in this series, so if you have die-hard readers waiting patiently, do them a favor and make sure the next volume is on your purchase list as soon as possible.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
My love story With Yamada-kun At lv999 #1 |
Nov 11, 2024
show
|
|
The story was overall pretty cute and has some inclusion of gamer culture that hardcore fans will appreciate, but it's not without its flaws. There is an age gap between Akane and Yamada — Akane is in college, possibly first year, though it’s not stated, and Yamada is in high school. There is also a few instances when Akane and her friend, Momo, are inebriated, though the two don't imbibe on the page. The main problem is Yamada takes care of Akane, which seems pretty awkward given their respective ages. While this might be taken as sweet to have Akane pursue Yamada and help him break out of his shell, in this volume, he doesn't really want her advances. Hopefully, there becomes more of a invitation t
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
My Noisy Roommate: The Roof Over My Head Comes With Monsters and a Hottie #1 |
Aug 20, 2024
show
|
|
This was pretty light-hearted and has that age-old trope of brooding matched up with comical in the two leading males. Likely, there will be some romantic tension build up later on but it was pretty minimal in this volume. The supporting cast adds to the levity and silliness of the title, especially some of the spirits the two meet. There is a pleasing blend of Japanese folklore with modern sensibilities that will provide lots of fodder for interesting supernaturals and funny situations they find themselves in, but there's also some allegorical connections to the encroachment of industrialization and modernization on nature and finding harmony for the two ways of life.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
My Secretly Hot Husband (2024) |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
My Secretly Hot Husband #1
February 19, 2026
|
|
The reborn trope and coming from an abusive family is nothing new, but having common items show up is different and interesting. Erden Halstead is an intriguing character, and the mystery of his curse has me hooked into reading more to discover the origin and nature of his affliction. As the title suggests, the mask may not be needed, but we aren't sure why in this first volume. The first half has some comedic moments, but the second half settles this story more into a fantasy epic with mythical creatures, castles, battles, and more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
My Secretly Hot Husband #2
March 22, 2026
|
|
In volume two, this series starts to step away from some of the other series in the same vein and becomes its own storyline. We find out pieces of why Erden thinks he’s ugly, but the mystery grows more intriguing. Letitia’s wit is on full display in this volume, and I love every moment of Erden being supportive and impressed by his wife. The supporting characters are all amazing, including the three grannies of Halstead castle and my favorite, Letitia’s dragon, that she swoops away from Erden. The dragon behaves more like a cat than anything else, which means fans of cat manga will feel right at home.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
My Secretly Hot Husband #3
May 5, 2026
|
|
This volume provides some great comedy and humor surrounding capitalism. I was thoroughly entertained by Letitia's use of financial scams from her experiences in South Korea, particularly how common some of the scams were with what is happening in the United States. Pulling these into the demon world makes for some interesting content for perhaps older readers who have been exposed to these types of marketing and sales pitches, but they could also be conversation starters for younger readers and good exposure for the ludicrous things people try once they become involved in financial planning and decisions later in life.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
My Secretly Hot Husband #4
July 10, 2026
|
|
If readers enjoy being frustrated with delayed gratification, this is definitely the story for them. The constant back and forth of will they / won’t they get divorced and/or confess is very tense! There are also plenty of comedic interruptions every time something gets too serious, much to Erden and reader’s disappointment. Letitia is extremely clever, and she takes on a slightly villainess roll in towards the demons by creating superb schemes based on her life in Korea that trick them for all their worth.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
My Status as an Assassin Obviously Exceeds the Hero's (2020) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
My Status as an Assassin Obviously Exceeds the Hero's #4
May 14, 2026
|
|
This volume begins with quite a bit of action and some much deserved backstory for Amelia who, until this point, has been traveling with Akira for unknown reasons other than just helping a person who seems like they could defeat the Demon King. Now that she has a little more development, we need to see a bit more time devoted to Akira's classmates to make them fully individual people.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
My Status as an Assassin Obviously Exceeds the Hero's #5
June 10, 2026
|
|
This volume focuses more on Amelia and develops her character and personality more than previous volumes. We see her grow and struggle as a companion to Akira while she tries to find her usefulness as a party member to a person who is very powerful. I appreciate Amelia trying to find her place, as this is something I have tried to figure out for a few volumes. There is a bit of "food manga" asides in this volume as Amelia prepare delicious-looking meals for herself, Crow, and Night. The ending of this volume is quite a nasty cliffhanger, so I, and other readers enjoying this series, am eager to read the next volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nana #1 |
Feb 17, 2025
show
|
|
As the back-mater indicates, this volume served as a bit of a prologue to the rest of the series, setting up the backstories of the two girls named Nana who we will see in the rest of the series. Because of that, this volume felt more like two short stories put into one. Regardless, the stories are still compelling, and Yazawa is a master at developing characters in a short period of time. This series has been central in an age-relevancy debate for some time, sometimes finding a home in high school libraries while other times seeming too mature. There are some heavier topics of sexuality, drug use, and some sexual situations with brief nudity. While the story is rich and has beautifully developed characters, some schools may find the subject matter too mature for their high school audiences.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Naoki Urasawa's Monster #2 |
Jan 27, 2022
show
|
|
There’s so much going on in this volume that it got a little bit hard to keep track of everything and everyone. There are some similar character designs that make it hard to tell some folks apart, specifically Tenma's ex-fiancée and a Turkish woman, both of whom are in this volume. Despite some of these hiccups, the overall story is really engrossing. Urasawa is a master at giving important details in small enough chunks that your interest is piqued, so you keep reading, and then you find another little nugget. As with many of his other series, the synopsis sounds really strange and unworkable, but there's definitely a magic at work here that keeps me glued while reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Naruto #1 |
Nov 24, 2023
show
|
|
Kishimoto wastes no time getting readers into the action and worries about world building much later into this volume. Naruto gets some surface-level characterization to start with - he loves pranks and eating ramen and he has lofty goals, but some of the other characters around him are fairly one-dimensional. There is some character development for Master Kakashi, the ninja who is assigned to Naruto's first mission, so hopefully the other side characters will get a chance to develop as well. It is clear that Kishimoto has put a lot of thought into the world and history around these ninja societies, so hopefully we will get more of it as the series progresses. So far, the tone is pretty lighthearted, but there were a few instances where it shifted and became serious, so there is opportunity for some deeper development later on.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Never Open It: The Taboo Trilogy OGN |
Jan 03, 2022
show
|
|
The three tales in these stories are famous Japanese folktales that might be familiar for some readers, but they don't quite follow the original storylines. Nimura does a wonderful job of making these classic stories a little bit his own, sort of like Disney-ifying them, but not necessarily always changing things to happier. All of these stories are a little bit unsettling; they don't all have neat resolutions that tidy everything up, but that's a pretty common thing amongst Japanese folktales.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Neverlanders OGN |
Oct 19, 2022
show
|
|
I really appreciate that this isn’t a retelling of the original, but rather a full reimagining and more of a sequel than trying to take place during the iconic story. Taylor takes his own liberties but still captures the whimsy of the original tale. Tink is constantly cussing (all censored), which is reminiscent of her original role in the book, but she's also a high-spirited fighter with a tiny, sharp sword. Taylor also provides an explanation for Neverland's magic and the reason children don't age on the island. The original tale focuses more on whimsy and make-believe, so it doesn't have many explanations. Some authors try to explain too much, which only serves to complicate the story. Taylor doesn't make this mistake, and rather adds a few more elements of magic that don't have explanations, and the story doesn't suffer for it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nichijou #1 |
May 02, 2022
show
|
|
There are a lot of jokes and some puns the localization team tried to make relevant in English, but I’m sure they are funnier in Japanese. The beginning of the volume starts our a little rocky with having to introduce characters and readers to this brand of humor. The latter chapters in this volume are much more composed and deliver better punch lines. If you have readers who are huge fans of the slice-of-life genre or appreciate off-the-wall comedy, this might be appealing, but otherwise, there probably isn't enough about this story to make it something all readers would gravitate towards.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nicola Traveling Around the Demons World |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Nicola Traveling Around the Demons World #1
June 24, 2022
|
|
This is an absolutely adorable story, and would be great for elementary audiences. Nicola is exploring her world and trying to figure things out, similar to what elementary-age people do all the time. They constantly question, like Nicola does, and sometimes challenge the stereotypes of the world in an innocent way only kids know how to do. Nicola is persistent but not overly annoying, as sometimes can happen in stories portraying young characters. The demon world is also very fascinating, and I'm here for Nicola learning more magic from the various demons she meets. I also appreciate that this is suitable for young readers and isn't a video game adaptation or a story about animals.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Nicola Traveling Around the Demons World #2
June 24, 2024
|
|
This is such a cute story with a little witch who gets into trouble sometimes but ultimately cares about Simon enough to run herself ragged for him. We almost found out a bunch about her mom but it turns out it was a demon - instead we found out some little snippets, which were still sweet and connected Nicola in a beautiful way to her mom. Simon also had some heartfelt moments with his dad that helped Nicola also have a sense of belonging in her new little (quite literal) found family. There is a lot to love about these supposedly evil creatures who seem to be just getting by and only sometimes trying to trick or swindle one another.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nightcrawlers #1 |
Jan 23, 2024
show
|
|
The beginning of this graphic novel gets off to a rocky start with character introductions, flashback sequences, and Marysia recovering her memories, all without some needed cues to help the reader navigate the jumps from one place to the next. Once the story progresses into the next few chapters and gets into the action, things get better. There is quite a bit of information in the character biographies in the back that I wish got integrated into the story itself within character development, but hopefully this can get included in further volumes. I do appreciate the adventurous spirit of the kids and their supportive nature of each other, which is an important lesson for young readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nightmare in Savannah OGN |
Jul 19, 2022
show
|
|
This felt like a spin off of The Craft but with fairies. These magical girls go after their bullies and people get severely hurt or die because of their lack of control on their powers or everyone involved not caring for any sort of consequence of their actions. The pacing is all over the place with lots of narrative jumps. There were flashbacks with only context clues to tell you it was a flashback, rather than any other marking or change in coloring that would visually let the reader know what was happening. There are some majorly tragic moments that are more or less glossed over by the characters in favor of furthering the plot, so not only do they not care about consequences, they rarely actually face them as well. A better read is Squad by Maggie Tokunda-Hall, which has much better pacing and a more high-stakes to their supernatural abilities.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nina the Starry Bride |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Nina the Starry Bride #1
July 18, 2024
|
|
There's a lot to like about this story in this first volume, and fans of political intrigue dramas will want to find out how Nina's going to continue with her future betrothed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Nina the Starry Bride #2
February 11, 2025
|
|
I love to see Nina becoming more confident and accepting more of an authoritative role with her princess responsibilities. There's no way she can know if she's becoming more like "Alisha", having never met the princess, but with nurturing and acceptance, she is realizing that she doesn't have to cower and she can assume the power that comes with being a princess. How, with any good political drama, there is still some pitfalls and vipers waiting for our heroine, so she has to be careful! Romance fans are definitely going to be frustrated by Nina's decisions at the end of this volume, and are going to want volume 3 on hand to figure out how things get resolve (or don't)!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom (2023) |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom #1
June 16, 2024
|
|
This story is a delightful blend of several fairy tales with the reincarnation/isekai and villain storyline tropes that are popular in Manhwa presently. With a lot of villain reincarnation stories that have been published lately, there is a sense of danger to the villain, but for Abigail, she mostly has to change people’s perception of her as the dumb, easily outraged vain person rather than have a fear for her life constantly. Coming to a medieval world with modern ideas also means this title tackles outdated gender stereotypes as well as harmful ideas about body image and diet that were forced upon girls at a young age. Abigail becomes Blanche’s biggest advocate for being healthy and enjoining her childhood, messages that are in nice contrast to what most young girls see portrayed in modern media.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom #2
July 12, 2024
|
|
This story is beautiful, heartwarming, and delightful to read. There are moments that are quirky and funny, with a few heartwarming scenes of motherly compassion between Abigail and Blanche. Currently, there isn’t romantic tensions since Abigail has no interest in pursuing Sabrian and Sabrian still distrusts Abigail’s change of heart. The tension that is building is mostly waiting to see when Abigail can begin to create dresses again, which feels like it will happen very soon. This volume still brings in some discussion about eating disorders as Abigail remembers her past life and the issues she had with food, and how that carries over into this new life.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom #3
August 17, 2024
|
|
There is a little bit of romantic tension in this volume, but it could also be sympathy and reader projection. This volume has a ton of content about fashion and dresses as Abigail introduces new styles and explains them to the reader and the noblewomen. This was an interesting read watching a character rebuilds her reputation through her knowledge of fashion history as that's not always a subject of manga. There was a sprinkling of political drama as well in this volume as the ladies jockey for position and Abigail tries to repair her relationships with the noblewomen.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom #4
June 15, 2025
|
|
This deceptively complex, emotionally rich series continues to build upon the themes and layers of character development from previous volumes by providing ample opportunities for Abigail and Sabrian to be fully realized characters. We get a few beautiful moments between Blanche and Abigail as well, though not nearly enough page time for Blanche in this volume. Sabrian's other family members also come into this one to complicate things -- his older brother, who is probably up to something, and the shadow of his mother threatens the final few pages, leaving readers on a menacing cliffhanger.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom #5
September 3, 2025
|
|
What I love about this series is just how much we get in each volume without feeling overwhelmed or rushed. Mo9Rang has mastered a pacing that keeps everything flowing by introducing one major crisis at a time to focus the tension on while developing character relationships. There are still through-lines and ongoing story points that carry from volume to volume, but readers are able to move at a decent pace as Mo9Rang gives each thing weight and a seriousness that these topics deserve.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom #6
December 22, 2025
|
|
More elements of the Snow White tale, along with other classic fairy tale tropes, have come into play here, which was a nice reminder that this story is ultimately a retelling. The last few volumes have focused more on the relationships between the characters and less on the fairy tales, so the tropes didn't feel overplayed. There is also a touching moment with Abigail where we get another look at her past life that reinforces some of the painful things we already knew. The scenes will resonate with readers as Abigail works through her doubt and self-worth.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom #7
May 16, 2026
|
|
The body image issues are back but Abigail isn’t so sure of herself this time. The struggle to maintain a positive sense of self-worth will definitely hit home with readers. Some days, it's harder than others remain confident and not give in to the negative comments. This volume reminds us that even those who seem assured may be struggling, and we should be positive to everyone. Abigail also turns fashion of this world upside down yet again and does something scandalous, which is always great. We're also into the miscommunication trope of shōjo manga, so be prepared, readers!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Not-Sew-Wicked Stepmom #8
June 19, 2026
|
|
In previous volumes, this series tackled heavy topics like body issues, eating disorders, and self-esteem. In this volume, the creators wade into the topics of LGBTQ+ issues, particularly gendered fashion, gender roles, and transgender issues. Some of it is subtle, like calling out gendered shoes and asking why women's shoes are impractical and painful compared to men's shoes that are comfortable and sensible. The creators use the mermaid culture of this fantasy world to ask these questions that one could say is examining humanity, or it could just be a fantasy world.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nubia: Real One |
Feb 15, 2022
show
|
|
Some of the stories in the DC Graphic Novels for Kids line have been a little light on the superpowers, but Nubia did not disappoint in that regard. There were plenty of high-powered moments while there were still plenty of moments making the character relatable. So many teens struggle with identity and figuring out their place in the world - Nubia just also has to figure out her superpowers on top of it. This was definitely one of the line of books from DC that would fit easily in a school graphic novel collection, especially for readers who are not yet ready to completely dive head-first into superhero comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Nue's Exorcist #1 |
Jul 10, 2025
show
|
|
There are a lot of exorcism manga on the market at present, and there wasn't anything particularly stand-out about volume one to make this memorable. Instead, there were a ridiculous amount of fan-servicy panty shots, and disproportional female characters. Many of them have small heads and comically large chests or extremely long legs (coming from a Sailor Moon fan, that's saying something). The illustrations were enough to take me out of the story several times and make it overall unenjoyable. Online, fans of the series say it improves, but I didn't love the premise enough to excuse the artwork and continue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Oishinbo: Japanese Cuisine #1 |
Jan 07, 2022
show
|
|
Despite this being an effective primer on Japanese cuisine, there is also a compelling storyline woven throughout the chapters. I started looking for ways Yamaoka and his father, Kaibara, were going to be pushed together, and there were several instances that ended up incorporating many comedy-of-errors elements. Yamaoka often gets "tricked" into cooking for Kaibara, and this is used to share proper cooking techniques as Kaibara berates Yamaoka for doing something wrong. I also learned a lot about cooking technique and have a greater appreciation for my sushi roles. The main takeaway I have from this book is that much of Japanese cuisine is delicate, and there is a greater focus on the best quality ingredients, especially treating them respectfully and with proper skill.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Okinawa OGN |
Jan 29, 2025
show
|
|
Through these stories, Higa explores a subject that many Okinawans don’t always want to discuss — the war that cost so many lives of soldiers and civilians — and also touches on the island’s sense of identity with the American military base that exists there today. Through the yuta priestess, Higa is showcasing some of the traditional beliefs of the island and encapsulating them, as well as contrasting the traditionalism to the modernism of the island's inhabitants and the current conflict with the base. At first glance, some of these stories seem simplistic, but there is plenty of content for deeper discussion with manga groups or literature classes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Olympians: Artemis: Wild Goddess of the Hunt |
May 23, 2026
show
|
|
Aside from a few advanced vocabulary words, these tales are broken down for younger audiences and are fast paced to be engaging. The included tales are shocking, funny, and important to the overall ethos of the goddess Artemis. There are many foundational tales that establish her temperament as a goddess and showcase her treatment of mortals, especially how she interacted and felt about mortal men, and other tales that showed her tumultuous relationship with the goddess Hera.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Omniscient Reader's Viewpoint (2023) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Omniscient Reader's Viewpoint #1
December 12, 2023
|
|
Here's another story with video-game elements, albeit understated compared to titles like Solo Leveling, but this time, the person with all the power is a reader instead of someone who levels up by fighting or having magical abilities. I might be biased, but that was a nice, meta twist for the librarian in me, and might appeal to some readers' sense of irony. Outside of the reader being the most powerful one in the story, there are other appealing elements - this title is quite action-packed and pretty violent, which makes it more appropriate for older readers, but definitely appeals to fans of Danganronpa - readers looking for something a bit darker and more philosophical. Within the first few chapters, characters are immediately put into situations where they need to value life and make difficult choices. As Dokja makes more decisions, his familiarity decreases, so it will be interesting to see if his reading will continue to be an asset in future volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Omniscient Reader's Viewpoint #2
November 18, 2024
|
|
There are a lot of intricate things about this world and its set up that Dokja is privy to because of his knowledge and his special Fourth Wall skill that allows him to have even more insight. Because of this, readers just have to be along for the ride as things get explained quickly and sort of drink from the firehose with the amount of world-building happening in this volume. The art is electric and the overall premise is pretty intriguing, so if you can hang on through all of the explanations, this fast-pace title has a lot of pay-off.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
One More Step, Come Stand by My Side OGN |
Nov 30, 2023
show
|
|
Takeda is a truly talented illustrator who can produce some really masterful details and character designs. The illustrations for the period pieces were full of painstaking details. But some of the stories were a little off-putting. Personally, I was put-off by the second story about the woman who "came around" to her stalker, and there's an implication that they at least made out before the cops arrived. This is a really dangerous behavior to normalize for audiences for the sake of a storyline. The last story, with the husband and wife dealing with a terminal illness, made me audibly gasp while reading it. To have these two stories in the same collection is a bit of a disservice since there is some powerful illustration and writing going on with a dangerous story mixed in that makes this one that I wouldn't recommend purchasing for young readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
One Piece |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
One Piece #1
November 28, 2023
|
|
This is a great adventure title that is punctuated with moments of serious violence or sacrifice. Oda has some powerful timing and knows how to capitalize on page turns, and there are also some well-placed panels that capture poignant moments between characters that were being comical just panels before. But, it's clear from the first volume that most of the character and plot development are going to happen around Luffy -- readers probably shouldn't expect him to change too much throughout his travels. The illustrations are over the top and folks’ mouths are comically large most of the time. Luffy is basically a couple of half-circles with fists and shoes. There are many panels where the word bubbles take over most of the real estate, so this sometimes makes the page and illustrations feel very crowded.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #2
December 21, 2023
|
|
There are some really heart-felt moments in this volume as Oda explores what treasure is and how it can be meaningful moments and objects, not just shining jewels. Most of the development is happening around Luffy, however, as it’s not completely evident that he’s particularly learning and growing, but the other characters are experiencing growth or changing their perspective of him. This might be one of those series what’s the audience changes and grows rather than the main character.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #3
December 30, 2023
|
|
Luffy continues to act unconventionally and is his own comic relief while being the leading man. When others would listen to the bad guys reveal the plot and slink away to foil them, Luffy does the exact opposite and marches forward to confront them and reveal how much he's heard. Oda is also pretty inventive with new ways for Luffy to to use his stretchy powers, which keeps it fresh and entertaining. There are some Q&A pages with write-in from fans that show Oda's humor as well where he subtly pokes fun at the fans who suggest ludicrous powers for Luffy, but there are also some interesting hidden nuggets of information about characters in these pages.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #4
January 11, 2024
|
|
This volume is definitely more about Zolo than Luffy, which gives Zolo some more depth as a character in his fighting role and as a supporting cast member. But, that doesn’t mean there aren’t some great moments for our stretchy-hero even though he's asleep for a good portion of this volume. Nami is her usually treasure-loving self, but she gets a chance to have a little more humanity with Usopp and show that she can care about people as well. She shows she can have a heart when it comes to Miss Kaya as well. The storytelling in this arc is much smoother and paced a lot nicer, so I'm starting to see why this tale can take up so many volumes but still be entertaining to readers. Oda has a way of drawing you in but making a sequence breathe in a satisfying way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #5
January 15, 2024
|
|
Something I like about the overall pace of this story is that each character gets a chance to endear themselves on the reader before they join the main crew. If Usopp had joined the crew after one volume instead of the two volume adventure to save his island, I probably would have thought he was annoying and it would have taken time during the next adventure for him to grow on me. Instead, Oda takes time to develop the characters' backstory while advancing the main story. We have a deeper understanding of who Usopp is as a character, AND the crew has an actual ship now!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #6
January 30, 2024
|
|
Oda continues to prove that he is a master at creating interesting characters even though all of them are roughly the same template: they're all pirates, and they're all after the One Piece or bent on becoming insanely powerful. Nevertheless, Krieg is interesting and different than Hawkeye, and I find myself wanting to see the fights between Luffy, Zolo, and these new villains popping up. I'm also highly intrigued by Sanji who is motivated more by his need to feed everyone. He isn't a selfless character, but he has a selfless goal, so his constant struggle is entertaining and makes for some great moments.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #7
February 19, 2024
|
|
With this flashback, I’m reminded of the ruthlessness of self-sacrifice that goes all the way back to volume 1 with “Red Haired” Shanks and Luffy. Some of these pirates really have a soft spot for kids for some reason. Then, the rest of this volume is all about being more ludicrous ways Luffy has to avoid landing in the ocean during the fight since he'll sink. In doing this, Oda strikes a balance between the heartfelt beginning of the book and the slapstick second half. The entire book has emotional highs for the reader, and it all pairs nicely with Oda's comical drawings.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #8
March 7, 2024
|
|
Since we didn’t originally get Nami’s backstory as we had for some of the other pirates, I’m glad we’re getting to it now, and I'm also glad that Nami's history is complicated and not as full of characters to tug on the heartstrings. It's messy and shakes up the string of feel-good stories we've had so far, and serves as a helpful reminder that this story is about pirates, not just a lot of well-meaning folks who are out on an adventure. There's more than what we discover here, so readers are going to want to dive into volume 9 to see how Nami's story concludes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #9
March 27, 2024
|
|
This flashback sequence and finding out Nami's past was some of the most emotionally charged and interesting scenes of the story so far. Oda has built up all of the character's backstories and put thought into each one, but the payoff of waiting so many volumes to learn about Nami was worth it, and the care put into telling Nami's story is evident. She was absent for a few volumes while the bit with the restaurant was going on, but this makes up for it. Her story also makes Arlong seem like a bigger bad guy than Don Krieg, so it's good that Oda is able to find ways for each new baddie to outdo the last one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #10
April 8, 2024
|
|
This volume is almost all battle with very little character development or plot advancement, but since we’ve had a lot of that in the first nine volumes, I’m fine with a full Shonen battle volume every once in a while. There is so much action in this one that it reads very quickly. I am wondering how Sanji has such super-human strength against these mutant creatures, as his backstory mentions he trains and was beaten up a bunch, but he doesn’t technically have super abilities.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #11
May 6, 2024
|
|
Oda is a pretty good storyteller, so I’m sure this volume’s actions will develop into something more, but at this point, going to Roguetown seems like a superfluous action and a way to stall them going to the Grand Line. I know that there are 100+ volumes of this story and that it takes a very long time for anything to go anywhere, so maybe I’m hypersensitive to stalling, but hopefully volume 12 will show some reason for the reintroduction of previous villains and have a reason for us to be sidelined from the development of the story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
One Piece #12
May 29, 2024
|
|
Volume 12 is subtitled The Journey Begins, as if the other 11 volumes served as more of a prologue to get us to the Grand Line finally. It feels very much like we have set up our characters and know a bit about them, we know the world and a bit about how it works, and now our journey begins in earnest along the Grand Line. Luffy can finally start his adventure to become the King of the Pirates, which may mean the adventures are going to get more serious and the stakes are going to be higher in this area. For libraries looking for a good stopping point, this volume doesn't entirely end at a clean stopping point, but it's as close as you're going to get without having to go into the next adventure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Origin #1 |
Dec 23, 2023
show
|
|
This is an intense manga with some deep things to say about humanity, and it comes at a time when we are all exploring the societal implications of A.I. and the moral implications of using this technology. Boichi has some wonderfully detailed art, which is to be expected from the illustrator who is of Dr. Stone fame, but there are some serious problems with this title. There is a lot of nudity that could be explained away via Origin being unaware or unfazed by anatomy and thus unconcerned with covering the naked bodies the robots he overcomes and captures, but what is inexcusable are the unnecessarily angles of anatomically detailed robot vaginas through underwear or skin tight spandex during fight scenes that are clearly for the benefit of the reader, not the combatants. Boichi seems unable to have a female character on the page without exploiting her.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Otaku Vampire's Love Bite #1 |
Jan 03, 2025
show
|
|
What starts off as a silly book with a really fluffy plot about anime and fandom ended up having a twinge of mysteriousness and intrigue as well. There are definitely some humorous moments between Kyuta and Hina caused by Hina's obsession with her favorite character, and some meta moments as readers consume the manga and can probably see themselves and their behavior reflected in Hina's actions. This is a cute, silly story for those who want to laugh and decompress, with a hint of something deeper running underneath to keep up the intrigue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Otaku x Gal #1 |
Apr 16, 2026
show
|
|
The energy and illustrations in this volume are of high quality, but this manga might feel dated very quickly because of the need to keep Yua “trendy.” She uses phrases like “lit” and “no cap" which are already going out of style as soon as this reaches our libraries. Yua is a “gyaru”, and the choice to translate this to “gal” is an interesting one because it just sounds like they’re calling her a girl rather than a specific type of subculture that makes more sense in Japan. There is some sweetness to the friendship between Yua and Otakura, and this is the part that will have appeal to some teen readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Otherside Picnic #1 |
Aug 18, 2025
show
|
|
Other than Sorawo being a thrill seeker, it's not entirely clear in this first volume what keeps her going back to the Otherside for exploration. Hopefully, she gets a bit more of a motivation or explanation in later volumes. Toriko has a solid reason to enter into such a creepy place and to continue risking her life, but I'm not as convinced Sorawo is just an adrenaline junkie. Nevertheless, if readers are looking for a story full of horrific monsters with a touch of yuri undertones, this series will be right up their alley. The monsters so far have been well drawn and just scary enough, but I'm sure as the two continue their journeys, there were be even more nightmare-fuel waiting for them.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Ouran High School Host Club #1 |
May 09, 2022
show
|
|
This is an over-the-top shōjo comedy full of very attractive male characters of all archetypes to fulfill the daydreams of probably most readers. There's the stoic, smoldering type, the outlandish but excessively handsome, and even an innocent, boyish one. This series seems now like it was ahead of its time as it came out in 2005 and was challenging the gender binary. As this is a hot topic presently, this manga will definitely resonate with readers who are looking for something that challenges societal norms and has a light-hearted storyline to back it up.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Parasyte (2011) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Parasyte #3
March 25, 2022
|
|
The storytelling on this volume is a little more fractured than in previous volumes. There’s a lot of jumping back-and-forth between school and other places, like Shinichi’s home or the home of a schoolmate, and the transitions are a little rough. There also wasn’t a whole lot to further the plot line until the very end of the volume. Shinichi and Murano going back and forth with their feelings for each other isn’t as exciting and interesting to me, but we’ll see what happens with the fall out in the next volume from what they go through at the end of this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Parasyte #4
October 24, 2022
|
|
Volume four definitely picked up the pace compared to the previous volume. Murano's doubts are still present and she asks herself a few times if Shinichi is different, but it's definitely not a main focus like it was in volume three. The parasite running for office is a new twist and not something I saw coming! This element is something fresh and pretty complicated for Shinichi and Migi to figure out. At some point though, I wonder if Migi and Shinichi are going to have to expand their team to take on all these different facets of the parasite invasion, or if the events of this volume have steeled them even further from being able to trust anyone.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Pass the Monster Meat, Milady! |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Pass the Monster Meat, Milady! #2
December 14, 2025
|
|
This story is part culinary manga, with fine details about food preparation, preserving, seasonings, and descriptors of flavor and taste, but it's also part relationship and romance manga, where the two leads showcase open communication and flirtatiousness that makes me smile. There have been many stories recently with the trope of rescuing a young lady from a less-than-ideal home life, whisking her away to a better situation where she can heal and thrive, and it's a storyline I will read over and over again. This story brings Delicious in Dungeon together with elements of My Happy Marriage, and as a fan of both series, I'm here for more delectable sounding monster dishes and wholesome romance content.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Pass the Monster Meat, Milady! #3
May 8, 2026
|
|
There was a lot of food preparation in this volume and tons of discussion around how to properly butcher and serve fish. Despite this being a monster, the culinary properties of the zanas were the same as many other fish. Melphie and Lord Aristide have some very touching moments as their romance is deepening, and there is and some light teasing that will delight shōjo fans. We also delve into the backstory of Lord Aristide a bit more, and I’m very excited to finally learn more about him. This volume does not fail to deliver on the continued themes of this series of food manga, romance manga, with a dash of comedy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Penguin & House #1 |
Oct 18, 2022
show
|
|
This adorable story is definitely a riff off Wallace and Gromit or an odd-couple-type story with one overly-capable character and other who is pretty hopeless. Pen-chan is incredibly adorable as he does all these chores. He has to adapt to do some of the work because he's so little and has tiny flippers. Hayakawa's friends are redeemable adults, but hopefully Hayakawa starts to realize how awesome Pen-chan is. The chapters are very short, and overall provide some feeling of iyashikei, so this is a pretty easy, relaxing read that can leave readers with good feelings overall.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Perfect World #1 |
Mar 09, 2022
show
|
|
There are quite a few depictions of life in Japan for disabled people that don’t paint the society as very accepting or accommodating. For one of the architecture projects Ayukawa works on, he suggests a ramp to help the elderly or disabled people be able to access the restaurant easily, but the owner shakes off the suggestion. While the state of affairs in the US aren’t perfect, we at least have building codes for public spaces that require ramps and enough space to navigate a space via a wheelchair. Overall though, the struggles Ayukawa faces are very similar to what someone in the US or other countries could also be facing. The constant worry of further injury, the complications and infections that can make quality of life suffer and shorten life spans - all of those are present for any paraplegic individual across the world.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Phantom Busters #2 |
Mar 11, 2026
show
|
|
Volume two is even more hilarious than volume one. Much of the focus is on Mogari and Korekishi’s plight, so unfortunately Tamon and Kaoru take a little bit of a backseat in this one. Neoshoco does have a flair for introducing funny characters with something interesting about them, so this means we get a stoic ASB president who is a paranormal fanboy with lots of internal monologue, and Mogari's family member who acts like an excited tourist. These bits of comedy are beautifully executed, though this volume could have done with a little bit more paranormal activity.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Phantom Tales of the Night #2 |
Oct 04, 2022
show
|
|
At the beginning of this volume, we really see that Owner is not a benevolent spirit, in case anyone had forgotten some of the mean things he had done in volume two. He still manages to help some folks, but usually at a high cost that makes them question whether it's all worth it. There's also a little bit of world and character building around Owner and his past as Butterfly and Spider learn from someone who used to be in their position, serving Owner and gathering secrets for him. The chapters are written in a style similar to slice-of-life, but many of them build on each other or reference back to something that came earlier. This is a little bit of a complicated story with some mysticism, so it'll appeal to readers who appreciate rich fantasies with a little bit of darkness to them.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Platinum End #1 |
Jun 13, 2025
show
|
|
This is a fairly dark series considering the creators' other work is Death Note — there is a lot of time spent on Mirai contemplating suicide and the worth of his own life, as well as the value in taking the lives of others to further one's own ambition. The angels in this story are not the altruistic creatures one would expect from religious mythology; they also have their own goals and seem to be using their human candidates to further them. The major detractor in this story so far is the pacing, which struggled to strike a balance between emotionally tense scenes and getting us information-heavy lore to set up the competition for the God seat.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Plus-Sized Misadventures in Love! (2025) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Plus-Sized Misadventures in Love! #1
October 28, 2025
|
|
There are elements of mystery sprinkled throughout what is otherwise a comedy starring the one woman show, Yumeko. She had confidence pouring off of her, but those around her don’t share in her outlook on life. Other characters make rude comments behind Yumeko’s back, making this a heartbreaking but realistic depiction of the hardships of being a plus-sized person unable to escape the negativity regardless of the positivity one might exude. There are aspects about this story that may be refreshingly positive for readers as they find comfort in Yumeko's attitude despite the world around her, but others might find the chatter annoying or distracting.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Plus-Sized Misadventures in Love! #2
January 18, 2026
|
|
Yumeko continues to exude positivity and self-confidence, and it thankfully spreads to another person in this volume. The comedic moments are often elaborate and accentuated with boisterous illustrations. The mystery takes a bit of a backseat in favor of furthering Yumeko's career plot points and the interpersonal relationships around the office, and we only get a few more intriguing bits at the very end to serve as cliffhangers to lead us into the next volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Plus-Sized Misadventures in Love! #3
April 24, 2026
|
|
Yukiko has one speed in her post-accident life — I’m amazing, keep up. Her boundless confidence brushes the line of being a punchline, but Mamakari keeps it ever so slightly on this side of being totally silly. This volume has some emotionally poignant moments as Yukiko discovers a bit more about herself pre-acciedent, and not all of it is as bad as we have been led to believe. The newly introduced character from the marketing firm is quite enjoyable and a bit of fresh air that Yukiko needed to keep the bit from getting stale.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Pluto: Urasawa x Tezuka #2 |
Mar 18, 2022
show
|
|
The mystery of the robot and human murders continues and is deepening with the inclusion of the other deadly robots. This volume also includes a look back at the history and the war that made them all famous, and the robots sharing their various perspectives that enhance the history. There are some major hints in this volume as to who the murderer is, but there's also still plenty left hanging to keep readers going into the next volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Pretty Boy Detective Club #1 |
Jun 18, 2025
show
|
|
Overall, this is a very fluffy, fun story where the magic and cleverness of youth will most likely win out in the most dangerous of situations, and everyone will feel good at the end of the day. There is a bit of an air of Sherlock Holmes-esque cleverness to figuring out the mystery, where several of the boys draw conclusions that the audience couldn't possibly have followed until it was all pointed out, but that's part of the charm. The five main boy characters, having a rule to embrace their boyish nature, are whimsical and rakish at times. Expect everything be visually appealing and drawn perfectly, especially the abundance of beautiful male characters running about, but this definitely more of a dessert story than anything to expect any sort of substance from.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Primer #2 |
Jan 30, 2025
show
|
|
The creative team is back for another beautifully illustrated and colored adventure for our lovely heroine, and this time they got to bring some other amazing DC characters with them. The only knock I have for this fun adventure is how hard-headed Ashley is and how many times she makes the same mistake, but that also seems very on brand for a young teenager. Otherwise, this is a great, fast-paced superhero adventure to especially hand to fans who want to see girls getting into the mix of a male-dominated superhero world.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Prince Freya (2020) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
Prince Freya #5
January 6, 2022
|
|
This volume takes a bit of a detour from other volumes in the series. There is a lot more sexual content, versus the other volumes where everyone just fawns over Freya and pines for her. There's a strange threesome with Julius, the queen, and Freya that is weirdly conceived, and I don't quite buy that Freya would interject herself into the coupling of Julius and the queen just because she's afraid for Julius. He's a grown man. The characters are fully covered still, so there are no bits showing, but there's some kissing and wordplay that is a little intense.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Prince Freya #6
January 6, 2023
|
|
After the last volume of this series, I wasn’t sure I wanted to continue, and waited over a year to give it another chance. I’m glad I picked this one up and gave it another shot because it reminded me of the things I enjoy about the series - the political intrigue that's sewn in, and the many love-interests for Freya. This volume doubled down on some of the twisted political dealings and double-crossings, and there were no hints of more strange sexual situations as there was in volume five.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Prince Freya #7
February 14, 2023
|
|
There are some really cruel machinations going on with these kingdoms. Ishihara is really being inventive with how cruel the king of Sigurd is being, and she's doing a great job of making him the most unlikable character ever. I do appreciate how even seemingly minor characters have complexity and come back later to be important figures in the storyline. There's some more romantic tension with two of the knights and Freya, so there's still plenty of frustrating angst for romance fans to enjoy.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Project MK-Ultra: Sex, Drugs, and the CIA #1 |
Mar 22, 2022
show
|
|
Since this graphic novel is adapted from a screenplay, it reads more like a story or a movie. I, personally, prefer narrative nonfiction to the more narrator-heavy text boxes often used in graphic nonfiction, but I know that this is not a preference shared by all. The storyline in this volume is a bit choppy and kind of all over the place, but it definitely fits the subject matter. There are a lot of psychedelic drawings and some really crazy panels that attempt to convey what a “trip” feels like. With the illustrations and the narrative non-congruence, reading this book is very much like a drug trip. These choices fit with the subject matter, as the project itself is something many Americans haven't yet wrapped their brains around. This defintiely isn't part of U.S. History that was included in any history class I took, and it's yet another of America's skeletons-in-the-closet that many would like to forget.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Pupposites Attract #1 |
Nov 25, 2025
show
|
|
If readers are looking for a wholesome, slow burn romance with adorable doggos as central characters, this is definitely one to consider. Within a few chapters, we get Tsuba and Monjuro's inner monologue as commentary to the slowness with which Chiharu and Kiyotaka should see more of each other. Tsuba's adoption story is heartwarming and a wonderful way to round out this relatively short first volume. Here's hoping volume two provides us with insight into how Monjuro and Kiyotaka came to be in each other's lives.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Purgatory Funeral Cakes #1 |
Nov 28, 2025
show
|
|
At first, the premise seems convoluted and a fairly in depth — the prologue to set up the soul’s journey is nearly a full chapter without clear explanation as to why we are receiving so much exposition. But the payoff is worth it for those who stick around. Not only is the art beautiful throughout, the stories are touching and skillfully crafted. There are fantastical creatures and magical moments seamlessly woven into every day life, but the fantasy sits in compliment to stories that have much deeper, human connections. The mangaka expresses and explores grief on many levels and touches upon some intimate human fears and emotions, such as belonging, loss, and family.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Rainbow Days #1 |
Dec 24, 2022
show
|
|
This is a mostly sweet romance, but the inclusion of one with a BDSM relationship makes this something I would shy away from putting into a high school library. The age of consent is different throughout the US (and it's usually much lower in Japan comparatively), so even though the two are consenting to the relationship, that sort of thing might be illegal in some states. This book is definitely written for teens as the primary readership, so I even wonder if adult libraries would find circulation with this title.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Red Flower #1 |
Oct 07, 2025
show
|
|
There are many things to love about this story so far. the art is beautiful — I loved all of the detail and development of the village lore, especially the inserts after each chapter that made this tribe feel real and bits that connected their history to customs rooted in the real world. Kelí, however, was a little annoying as a main character and couldn’t learn his lesson regardless of how many times he was presented with it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Saigami #1 |
Aug 25, 2022
show
|
|
I really enjoyed the characterization work Seny builds for Ayumi at the beginning because it's immediately understandable why she isn’t distressed to be in a brand new world. So many isekai start off with the person being pulled into a new world and the characters just start being part of the world and not worried about trying to get home. Ayumi is trying to find a way home but also a way to survive in this new world, and possibly a place to fit in that she's never felt before. This longing is a powerful motivator and a great execution of the isekai trope. One thing I didn't like was the narration. Ayumi narrates the story from the vantage of having already gone through this story. It starts off with giving us thoughts and inner monologue, which is helpful, but then it switches to "little did I know then" type of interjections with less helpful insights.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sea Serpent's Heir: Pirate's Daughter #1 |
Apr 05, 2022
show
|
|
Aella's adventure is entertaining, and the reborn demon inside a person may have been done before, but this felt original enough to keep me going. The writer had me on the hook for the entire book as I didn't realize until I was done that it's a Book One. I was ready for a conclusion, but there was a swerve instead that didn't leave me dissatisfied, knowing there will be more to this story. This engaging story will most likely resonate with readers who enjoy stories with strong female protagonists, like The Girl from Everywhere by Heidi Heilig.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Senpai no Koha OGN |
Jul 15, 2025
show
|
|
This short and sweet romance develops over three chapters and thus moves very quickly. Everything seems fine at the end of chapter one, but chapter two swerves and Sayuri's doubts keep the narrative interesting and relatable. The final chapter provides some closure and leans into a few romance manga tropes, which readers will probably forgive for the overall good feelings engendered. There are a few chaste scenes of adult content which elevate this from the publisher's recommended 13+ age rating. This is otherwise a simple yet satisfying sapphic romance.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Shangri-La Frontier #1 |
Jan 02, 2025
show
|
|
This is a humorous storyline with no shortage of video game vocabulary. Rakuro is an over-the-top player, albeit a little overpowered with his level of knowledge, but there are plenty of high school video game players like this with extensive knowledge who have put in thousands of hours into different games despite their short lifespans. This title is fast-paced with lots of action and fighting, but Katarina still has a couple of good character moments and a hopeless romantic already for readers who need character-driven storylines.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sheperdess Warriors #1 |
May 26, 2024
show
|
|
There were many things I liked about this story. Molly and Liam are great main characters, and their sympathetic relationship with their animals is definitely going to pull at the heartstrings of young readers who have soft spots for animals. The story started off a bit slow, but it eventually pulled me in and hooked me enough with a slow and steady world build that left me disappointed when the cliffhanger ending hit. Now to some things that detracted. The lettering of this story was done by Vibrant Studios, and it often bothered me right out of the story. The chosen font was distracting, and the letters frequently exceeded the space allotted for the word balloon.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Shino Can't Say Her Name OGN |
Aug 22, 2022
show
|
|
The last few pages of the book contain a letter from the author who says this book is mostly based on her real life experiences, and that authentic storytelling comes through. It's easy to sympathize with Shino as a reader because we probably all know someone or were targeted ourselves for being different somehow. A lot of folks have debilitating social anxieties, so Shino's story was so real and relatable. There really aren't a lot of redeemable people in this story other than Shino, though, as Kayo can be pretty mean to Shino, and almost every other character is seen making fun of someone at some point. This story can definitely build empathy for readers who don't know what it's like to live with a speech disorder, and it's also a rare chance for readers with speech disorders to see themselves as the main character of a story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Shonen Note: Boy Soprano #1 |
Dec 06, 2022
show
|
|
In the first volume, there's nothing inappropriate for middle-grade readers. The main characters are in junior high, and readers could benefit from a background in music, but it's not required. Overall, this is another wonderful title to add to collections where Your Lie in April is popular.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Show-ha Shoten! #1 |
Jan 12, 2023
show
|
|
The storyline of this volume is engaging and what makes me what to keep reading this series. However, the comedy doesn’t work at all, and readers will probably be wondering what they missed out on. Instead of writing new situations or jokes, the translators and localizers decided to stick to the Japanese source material. The problem is, Japanese humor relies heavily on puns that cannot be translated. So then if fidelity is the choice, this really suffered from lack of translation notes often found in works that rely heavily on a knowledge of Japanese language and culture. Despite the humor problems, the two main boys are interesting and have drawn me in, so I might continue reading just to see how things turn out for them. If readers get emotionally invested in Shijima and Higashikata, they might also be inclined pick up the next volume, but this is probably not a series that's going to be widely read.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Smoking Behind The Supermarket With You #1 |
Oct 10, 2024
show
|
|
This is a pretty cute, low stakes story about two adults coping with their stresses and finding some relief from it all in each other's company, but also in their shared vice. There is a lot of page time given to smoking as that’s the main stress relief the two can enjoy together. The conversation and camaraderie Sasaki and his supermarket ladies have is very sweet, and this is an overall very feel-good story. However, the emphasis on smoking as the basis for their relationship makes this something that might find a better home in adult libraries where the subject matter will be more endearing and readers can overlook the importance of tobacco use
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Snegurochka of the Spring Breeze OGN |
Jun 23, 2025
show
|
|
Though it’s nice to focus on a Romanov story outside of Princess Anastasia, the pacing of this story marred the overall delivery. There beginning was methodical and set a slower development of scene and relationship between the two leads, but the second half became a sprint of information overload and reveals that hardly lets the absorption of information happen before another important fact is cresting and threatening to overwhelm. There's a three-year time jump that sets off a deluge of information and action. If that transition were a bit smoother, this story would have been better overall.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Solo Leveling (2021) |
12 issues
show
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #3
February 2, 2022
|
|
This series is very much like reading a video game, so it is definitely appealing to a pretty specific audience. That being said, this is still one of the most entertaining video game stories out there, and the coloring really adds another layer of enjoyment. We get a lot of internal monologue with Jinwoo as he navigates the "system" since he's the only one who can see it. Since this volume also had some folks from the first volume, we also get a little bit of reflection and side-by-sides of Jinwoo from volume one to now. I had forgotten how much he had changed! There is a lot of violence and blood in this volume, as with the rest of the series, so this might be better for a little bit older teen reader.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #4
September 20, 2022
|
|
One of the best things about this series is the variation in the challenges laid on our main character. Dungeons and gates are all a little bit different than each other, and the challenges Jinwoo faces are pretty different to this point. There is also a bit more about the outside world of the hunters in this book, and we're left with some pretty tantalizing tidbits about someone who might be able to explain what's happening with Jinwoo. I'm looking forward to the resolution of that storyline, hopefully in the next volume!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #5
November 1, 2022
|
|
The storyline outside of dungeon crawling is really getting interesting since all of the guilds are vying for Jinwoo to join them. This volume didn't address the high-level hunter who came on the scene at the end of the last volume, so that was disappointing, but I'm sure it'll come up again (and hopefully soon!). The little part of me who is a shōjo fan hopes the new female hunter we met this volume (and cover image) becomes a love interest in future volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #6
May 19, 2023
|
|
This volume struck a nice balance between action and exposition that some of the other volumes have ignored a bit. I somehow instantly cared for the demon girl and hoped for a way she could be further rescued even though she was a demon, but her ending makes a lot more sense based on the constraints of this world. I'm also really interested to see how this ant-demon situation works out because this is the first time demons from inside the dungeons have escaped a dungeon and been able to affect the world outside of their prisons. It also gives Jinwoo another good goal to pursue and it was integrated nicely with the end of the "arc" where he was focused on saving his mother.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #7
June 14, 2024
|
|
Jinwoo is impressive to look at while he battles all of these incredibly powerful foes, but there's something darker going on now as it seems he's starting to lose himself a little bit, and there's a hint that our big bad from the very beginning might be coming back for him. This also marks Jinwoo's coming out publicly as he was broadcast for all the world to see, so he's now on the radar of the President of the Hunter's Association, the Americans, and plenty of other folks who won't want to leave him alone any time soon. I'm also very interested to see how his relationship with his minions changes with the developments of this volume! This marks the end of "season one" of the webcomic, so there were a few cliff-hange
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #8
July 16, 2024
|
|
There are some great human moments in this volume between Jinwoo and Cha where Jinwoo has to remember he’s a person who should have feelings instead of just a hunter, and these moments of awkwardness and brevity are long overdue. Then, it’s right back to showing how strong Jinwoo has become and how overpowered he is compared to the rest of the hunters. There are some key insights from some other parts of the world that are illuminating, but I’m still left wondering about some threads and story teases that have been left hanging from many volumes ago with some folks that are supposedly going to come after Jinwoo. There are a lot of threats out there that I think a lot of them are going to come to a head all at once, so that should be interesting!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #9
November 21, 2025
|
|
This is a fantastic full circle moment for readers who have been on this journey from the beginning because we finally get to go back to where it all began and confront the powerful monster that kicked this all off. It's nice to see how much Jinwoo himself has leveled over the volumes considering how weak he was when he first walked through this duneon. This volume provides a lot of interesting answers and insights into how Jinwoo came into the power that he has and why the "system" has developed into what it is.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #10
January 16, 2026
|
|
After the big lore dump of last volume, get ready for more! This one gets into the age old struggle for power between the monarchs and rulers, and because of the similarities of the terms, it was a bit I had to read twice. There are some consequential decisions in this one that make me wish this really was a was a video game where I could play out the different choices and see which one really is the “correct” choice, but the power of good storytelling in this volume is I don’t know what the consequences are for Jinwoo, and I'm excited to see the outcomes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #11
January 29, 2026
|
|
Things are coming to a head in the battle between the Monarchs and the Rulers even though not all of the Monarchs have come at Jinwoo at once, which means there’s an even bigger battle to come. We’re starting to see some payoffs from many volumes ago, which is always satisfying. However, I’m disappointed overall that the female characters all seem to be throwaways. We haven’t seen Hunter Cha for many volumes, and she shows up here for a throwaway moment only to be discarded quickly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #12
March 23, 2026
|
|
So many answers and payoffs are finally happening in this penultimate volume! Some of the answers may not be fully satisfying, but at least the story is starting to knit itself together. The action sequences are still enjoyable and very cinematic. However, the major detractor of the series continues to be the disposable female characters. As this is all about Jinwoo and his journey, every other side character is on the sidelines, including his potential love interest. That side story has been completely abandoned, and Hunter Cha is all but forgotten.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #13
April 6, 2026
|
|
In this final volume of the main story, some of the characters are still treated as throwaways rather than getting any sort of wrap up to their importance or interactions with Jinwoo, especially some of the other monarchs, in favor of giving more time with the King of Dragons. The final ending is also quite rushed and puts everything in a pretty tidy bow, but still leaves some questions unanswered. There could be room for more to be explored in other related spin-off series. Or, online information leads me to believe that the light novels do a better job of fully explaining the ending without rushing the conclusion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Solo Leveling #14
July 7, 2026
|
|
For the die hard fan who had read through this series and knows the exact placement for each of these stories, this exploration gives wonderful insight for some pivotal moments. If readers have forgotten these side characters or moments, there’s not a lot of context or explanation provided to ground them in the main storyline. Given how popular this series is, this is still a solid purchase for libraries.Sara's Rating: 8/10Suitability Level: Grades 10-12Reviews of previous volumes in this series: vol 1, vol 2, vol 3, vol 4, vol 5, vol 6, vol 7, vol 8, vol 9, vol 10, vol 11, vol 12, vol 13Publisher: IZE PressPublication Date: Dec 30, 2025ISBN: 9798400904646 (Paperback)Tags: Rating: 8/10, Suitability: High School, Manhwa, Dungeon, Action Adventure, Magic, IZE Press
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Soloist in a Cage #1 |
Sep 17, 2023
show
|
|
The cover and initial description of this story led me to believe this was going to be a sweet story, but this turned out to be much more violent and gruesome than I expected. Chloe grows up to be quite a deadly and seething with power, which contrasts sharply with how powerless she is when we meet her. I hope we get to see more of her training and the ten years we skipped over, even if it is in flashbacks, in later volumes because that is quite the change! All of the characters around her are likewise fairly jaded and violent, as this city does not engender folks to be anything but inhuman to each other.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Somali And The Forest Spirit #1 |
Nov 26, 2024
show
|
|
This story is rather sweet and has an innocent tone, is very reminiscent of The Girl from the Other Side in the relationship between the golem and Somali. In this first volume, it isn't quiet clear what gender Somali is, and and it's not a necessary part of the story. The golem is more a robot than an actual spirit, and probably genderless as well. Since we are being told the story through the perspective of the robot, it would make more sense that concepts of gender would be a little more complicated or unnecessary. The golem experiences joy and wonder through Somali's eyes, which heightens the purity and innocence of Somali's viewpoint, and contrasts with some of the darker overtones of the world they travel through.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Space Brothers #1 |
May 01, 2022
show
|
|
This is an easy-to-read story that is a little on the slower side, and the narrative style feels very much like slice-of-life. There is a main storyline that each chapter contributes to, but each chapter is also presented like the continued adventures of Mutta trying to be an astronaut. There are a lot of flashbacks interwoven within Mutta's present-day journey, and they give a lot of insight into the relationship between the two brothers. Both of them were very driven young people, so it will be interesting to see Mutta have to rediscover that side of himself. This story might connect with students who are interested in engineering and space exploration, but the connection might be tenuous since all the characters are adults and not teens as they're probably more accustomed to reading.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Spy x Family (2020) |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Spy x Family #7
April 16, 2022
|
|
Although this volume didn't further the overall plot too terribly much, it was nice to see what some of the other characters are up to when we're not focusing on the main mission. This volume also had one of my favorite pages so far from this series with Yor trying to capture the lost cat and the two of them just being as intense as they possibly can be. I have also felt like we haven't gotten a lot of Bond in the recent volumes, so it was nice to have a whole chapter where he was the lead.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spy x Family #8
October 28, 2022
|
|
Every volume in this series ups the ante in hilarity and high-anxiety situations. Anya is a wonderful little accomplice for her parents' double lives. We finally get to see Yor in full assassin action, and she lives up to the hype of all the volumes before this one. In contrast, Lloyd is really terrible at relaxing and not being a spy for a few moments. When he an Anya go shopping, he takes that to the Nth degree just like he does everything in his life, which really shows how he's forgotten or never had a normal life.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spy x Family #9
June 15, 2023
|
|
This was another hilarious volume, despite some of the silly/weird things Becky was thinking. Like she's OK with being Anya's mommy and best friend so she can be with Loid. That's definitely playing on a tenant of childhood, though, as most kids have a crush on an adult and have very silly fantasies about it. The story is still very slice-of-life, so some readers might be frustrated by the lack of progress on the main storyline of the two warring countries.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spy x Family #10
May 31, 2024
|
|
The wait was definitely worth it to get Twilight's backstory. It was tragic and touching, and I enjoyed watching him evolve into the super-spy. Endo acknowledged that, at some point, he would not have been as good as he is now, so I appreciated seeing his humble beginnings and the struggle to get to what we know him as in the present day. There was definitely a tone shift with the beginning of the story to what we normally have, so Endo had to liven it up a lot with Yor's silliness in the second half.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spy x Family #11
December 23, 2024
|
|
As with the flashbacks into Loid’s past, this volume had lots of action and a gripping pace that kept everything intense and exciting. This volume heavily focused on Anya and her classmates, as well as the new characters introduced from the Red Circus. There was very little of the rest of the cast, so Loid and Yor fans might be disappointed. However, Anya fans, such as myself, will be delighted to see her be able to use her powers to gain some notoriety and status amongst her classmates!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Spy x Family #12
August 12, 2025
|
|
Getting to see Loid in action is always a treat, and the build-up of intensity in this volume is particularly well executed. The tense cliffhanger ending will absolutely frustrated readers and have them reaching for the next volume as soon as it's available. I personally enjoy when Yor and Twilight are opposed to one another because of the suspense Endo draws into their scenes. Yor's insecurities in this volume with her relationship and being perceived by others are hilarious and adorable, particularly as an adult, but some teen readers might relate to what she's going through.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Star Wars: The Mandalorian - The Manga #1 |
May 26, 2026
show
|
|
This graphic novelization of the show follows the plot moment for moment and attempts to capture the intensity of what is portrayed on screen. As this a black and white medium, the true darkness and grittiness of some of the scenes doesn’t fully come through on the white backgrounds Osawa uses throughout each of the locations, but the detailed illustrations of armor, creatures, and settings make this a stunning piece to read. This is fun to revisit for fans of the show, but it can also be a way for readers to experience the storyline if they don’t have access to Disney+.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Stardust Family OGN |
Apr 22, 2026
show
|
|
This single-volume story has wonderful pacing and drew me in from the very beginning. It became clear very quickly that there were multiple levels of a mystery to be sorted out and that many things were not as they originally seemed. There is a steady amount of character development for the child inspector and both of the potential parents he is investigating. Horoyama creates a whirlwind of emotions for the characters that had me feeling mixed emotions right up until the twist ending.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Steel of the Celestial Shadows (2024) |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Steel of the Celestial Shadows #4
February 9, 2025
|
|
While most of this volume was backstory into Haretake and not focused on moving forward with Konosuke or Tsuki, I'm actually excited to learn so much about the antagonist and pleasantly surprised at how in depth we're getting and how soon. Normally, this level of deep dive is saved for the closing of the series when you're meant to build empathy for the bad guy right before he's run through or something. Matsuura continues to impress me with the level of commitment given to building each character and providing a rich contribution to the world at the same time.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Steel of the Celestial Shadows #5
June 11, 2025
|
|
This trip into Haretake’s background has enriched this storyline and finally revealed our big-bad's full motivation, but it has also shed some much needed light on the world and set the high stakes for Tsuki’s situation. Konosuke understands the gravity of what he has stepped into, and to some extend, so does the reader. The mystical world has become much wider than a man with a strange curse against metal with weird people chasing after him, though the allure Tsuki first saw as Konosuke as her source of protection is still a bit of a mystery. Matsuura has beautiful illustrations and world building for those who can stick through the complicated names and the layers it's taken to set this stage.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Steel of the Celestial Shadows #6
February 9, 2026
|
|
Tenroku is given nearly an entire volume of dedicated backstory exploration and character development, and I appreciate all of it. This level of dedication to building empathy for side characters and villains reminds me of the time and dedication spent to all characters in Demon Slayer. Matauura is an amazing storyteller who can makes readers care for even the most despicable villain. This type of storytelling does detract slightly from the main quest, so we don't get to see as much of Tsuki in this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Steel of the Celestial Shadows #7
July 14, 2026
|
|
This volume is mainly a large battle between the two sides that has been building up for several volumes since Konosuke has been hot on their tail for a while, and the payoff is sweet. The spell casting is fun to see and it’s rewarding to watch Konosuke finally be able to use some of the abilities he has been learning along his journey. Bokutake's background is tragic, as have most of the character backstories so far, but not as dark and gruesome as some of the others in previous volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
SubZero (2024) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
SubZero #2
August 27, 2025
|
|
This series is full of beautiful illustrations, and the coloring is fantastic. The story has also gripped my heart with the many attractive characters on all sides vying for everyone's attention. Clove can be a damsel in distress at times despite her intellectual side that we saw in the first volume, and Kyro is actually starting to show he cares a little bit despite his continual protests that she's his enemy. I'm intrigued by the interactions we got between their dragons and hope we can see more of that in volume three.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
SubZero #3
April 27, 2026
|
|
The illustrations in this series were always beautiful, but the level of detail and coloring in this volume have reached a new level. The clothing design in this and stunning details on make up and hair is what truly made this volume stand out above the others. Junepurrr provided one heck of a sympathetic backstory for Raizo, but it's not enough to excuse the despicable things he's doing in the present. This is definitely one complicated villain! And, in previous volumes, there has been a reason to have two camps: Team Kyro and Team Aaron. After this volume, there can only be one camp moving forward. The storytelling in this volume has stepped up significantly.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Summertime Rendering (2022) |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Summertime Rendering #3
August 4, 2022
|
|
This story is so intense! From the first page to the last, I was hooked on every discovery the characters make to try and save everyone. In the back of my head, I know Shin can loop and start again if things really go sideways, but it seems that the ways he has to die get more painful and horrible every time he does it. And with the time gap closing, certain events will be set in stone and he won't be able to fix things. All of this adds to the intensity of this story and keeps me flipping through the pages. There is a little more magic in this volume as we discover how the shadows work, but there is still plenty of mystery and suspense for readers who started the series for those things.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Summertime Rendering #4
December 12, 2022
|
|
With Shin's safety net almost gone, he has to start thinking very carefully about what to do and where to put his efforts because events are starting to be set in stone. As he loops, he's no longer going back to the ferry - he's looping later in the day and even into the next day right before Ushio's funeral. One thing this book would benefit from is a timeline of the events as they become set in stone so that readers can keep everything straight. At this point, I'm overwhelmed with trying to keep track of everything and just trusting the mangaka that the events are in order. This volume also finally reveals some really key points in how the Shadows came to be and who Shin is really fighting, so those reveals are rewarding for readers who have been sucked in this far.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Summertime Rendering #5
December 23, 2022
|
|
There is still no keeping track of all of these different timelines and events, so now I'm squarely along for the enjoyable ride. There is so much action in this series, but peaking through every once in a while is something heartfelt and beautiful. We've been waiting since volume one to really figure out who Hizuri is and why she has this dueling personalities, so this has definitely shed some light and helped humanize her quite a bit. This volume is also super tragic and left on a nasty cliffhanger. At this point, I'm really not sure how this is all going to come together to conclude in the next volume. I almost don't want this wild ride to end.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Summertime Rendering #6
December 31, 2022
|
|
It's pretty hard to write a summary of the final volume without some major spoilers, so sorry this one is pretty short! Suffice to say, this has been one wild ride of a series with some really intricate overlapping thanks to Shin's looping ability. This story has a lot of re-readability thanks to the different endings we saw throughout the series that were changed through the efforts of Shin or the Shadows. Readers who are looking for an intense mystery will enjoy every page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sun Ken Rock #1 |
May 19, 2026
show
|
|
The story itself is a little bit outlandish, but that is to be expected from a writer like Boichi who embraces craziness and mixes comedy with dark humor. While there is fanservice in this story, for some characters it is a feature of their personality rather than the gratuitousness of someof Boichi's other works. In that this is a story about the criminal underworld, there are female characters being sexually assaulted, which may be too intense for some readers. In keeping with Japanese decency laws, nothing is explicit on the page, but it is extremely clear what has happened.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Super Psychic Policeman Chojo #1 |
Dec 16, 2025
show
|
|
While there is a slight through line of story to these chapters, mostly this first volume is told in semi-slice-of-life format with reoccurring characters being the thing tying everything together. Readers to get to know Chojo better as time goes on, and the ways he tries to get out of doing his police work are kind of hilarious. Deep down, Chojo does care about the public around his precinct, even if he is a grade-a jerk while doing it. Each chapter adds another funny character to the mix who will pop in and out of the station. I wonder if that’s a trend that will continue because that will be quite a cast of characters to keep up with.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Suzume (2024) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Suzume #2
April 10, 2025
|
|
As the pressure to figure out Daijin’s plan ramps up, the suspense builds in this story, and the emotional stakes are very high. This volume gets intense and leaves on a gut-wrenching moment, particularly for those who haven’t seen the movie and know what all of this is leading up to. Some of the conflict brewing in Souta is lost in this format compared to the movie version, but there’s still plenty to grapple with in the manga. This story has the distinction of being one of the few that actually brings me to tears.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Suzume #3
June 21, 2025
|
|
This is the fitting conclusion that brings closure to the blips of memories we've been seeing throughout the story and ties everything together with some satisfying time manipulation. The emotional stakes are also high, but this is a satisfying way to bring everyone to a climax and end it all in a tidy three-volume arc.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Sweetness and Lightning #1 |
Nov 04, 2022
show
|
|
As the title implies, there's quite a lot of sweetness in this volume. Tsugumi is adorable with her unruly fluffy hair and giant eyes often filled with tears of joy at eating delicious food. Inuzuka is doing his best while still trying to maintain balance in everything. While some readers might find it strange that a teacher and a student are cooking together outside of school, teachers often have larger roles in the home life of students in Japan, so this wouldn't be seen as unusual. Kotori does question at the end of whether or not their relationship would be different if they weren't teacher and student, but hopefully this doesn't lead to something overly complicated in further volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Taking Care of God OGN |
Jun 05, 2024
show
|
|
This definitely seemed like a story that had a lot more depth as a prose novel and asked far more introspection of the reader, but in this particular adaptation, most of the ethical considerations were not present. This became a story about a young girl with a hard family life and who is not very communicative, which is doesn't make for as interesting of a main character in a graphic novel. This society has forgotten about a lot of its citizens, so there are some ethical questions that could be raised but the text doesn't let itself go very deep. Rather, it kept the questionable material in the background of panels and hoped readers pick up on it. The cartoony illustrations detract from what possibly was a more serious tone in the novel.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tank Chair #1 |
Oct 05, 2024
show
|
|
While the premise is absolutely absurd, this book is incredibly entertaining, and I’m already rooting for Nagi and wanting to see the ridiculous situations Shizuka seems to get him tangled into. There is a dark underworld the two are fighting to tear away from that we only get hints at towards the end of volume one, so I'm interested to learn more about their background and this other society. The illustrations are very different from other series -- characters' faces are a little basic until they need to have definition, like in intense fighting situations, but action sequences are very detailed and full of zoom lines and action.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Taproot: A Story About A Gardener and A Ghost OGN |
Jun 19, 2022
show
|
|
The story is pretty sweet, and the little budding love between the two main characters is lovely. I would have really liked some more space for Hamal to come to terms with what the Reaper was asking of him - Hamal’s discovery of being a necromancer is pretty sudden, and within a few pages, Hamal is already accustomed to his “new” life working for the reaper. Going through the jobs is also pretty quick, which brings the resolution on too quickly. Readers looking for a happy ending will love this story, so hand this to romance fans looking for a feel-good.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Team Phoenix #1 |
Jan 29, 2024
show
|
|
There are some serious time jumps at the beginning that lead up to Sapphire's reveal, and many of them leave out what could be the best parts of the story. I would love to see what happened to reveal Sapphire as a girl, so I really hope that gets told at some point. There could also be some more detail to action sequences - everyone is very bendy and long when they get into fights, so it's a little hard to follow what's happening at times. Once Sapphire and her crew get into the refugee camp and meet Fire, the narrative evens out and the jumping around slows down.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Teppu #1 |
Dec 09, 2025
show
|
|
Unlike some other stories where the protagonist starts out overpowered and stays that way, it seems that Natsuo will need to train and find her footing in this new world of MMA competition. Natsuo is also not a sweet and likeable main character to start out. She’s a bit of a bully and rough around the edges. This might be an instance where the side characters are more in line for being readers' favorites for the moment until we see more of what makes Natsuo tick. While many sports stories exist showing characters training to get stronger, this one takes a different approach in having Natsuo start out seeking a challenge and craving failure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The 31st Consort #2 |
Mar 21, 2026
show
|
|
This is very cute and Felia is infectiously bubbly and optimistic. She has an uncanny ability to come out on top and read every social situation correctly. She's constantly prepared, which might be a little too convenient at times, but it's also refreshing to see every scheme of every bully fall flat on its face. She's quick witted as well, so her banter and come-backs are biting and have just the right amount of sting to them that they don't come off as overly rude. This is a cute romance that doesn't have many of the frustrating slow-burn aspects of many manga romances.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress (2022) |
9 issues
show
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #1
February 27, 2022
|
|
This story interestingly brings together two tropes - the person from another world concept popular in isekai manga, and the reincarnation/reborn trope - but gives each a little bit of a spin. The story doesn’t focus on the person from another world like most isekai, nor is Tia reborn on a separate planet. This brings a little bit of originality to a crowded field of isekai & reborn stories available presently. This was previously a very popular webcomic, so it's possible it already has a readership within your patrons. For those new to the story, they will find it captivating and heartbreaking at the same time. I enjoy ten-year-old Tia a lot more than I did her as an adult, so I'm really looking forward to the rest of this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #2
April 24, 2023
|
|
The art is once again absolutely amazing. The coloring is so thoughtful and beautiful. There are some wonderfully designed pages with the characters sitting under a tree where the shading is done exceptionally well. The characters' outfits are all really detailed and stunning.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #3
June 7, 2024
|
|
Tia is discovering who some of her friends truly are in this volume, and what three years of her planning is all coming down to with this huge moment of the coming-of-age ceremony. Despite this being a pivotal moment, it didn’t really get a lot of page time, so it felt a little anti-climactic. There are ramifications that haven’t been entirely sorted out by the end of this volume, so I’m sure there are threads here that will be woven throughout the next few volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #4
June 18, 2024
|
|
Despite all the physical training Tia is going through with her sword teachers, her body is still frail and prone to sickness, and she is still mentally as weak as the person she was before she regressed. As we're in volume four, this is becoming an easy way for the author to make Tia unavailable to intervene when something goes wrong or for Ruve to find out something critical about her. It's a little frustrating to see that she isn't growing despite the training and work she's putting into being stronger, unless the point is for the audience to feel that Tia is going to suffer the exact same fate. In this volume, she left the capital to try to work through some of her doubts and feelings, but did nothing to make herself stronger and is going back to the capital in pretty much the same state.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #5
July 31, 2024
|
|
It's good to see Tia striking out on her own as a knight and building up some skills outside of her house and out of the shadow of Sein and Allendis for a moment, but as soon as she gets a little bit of freedom, something sucks her right back into her fate as the promised empress. The story has hinted off and on about this mystery with her mother, so this curve ball of Ruve knowing more than Tia makes the mystery that much more tantalizing and will definitely keep readers on the hook for more.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #6
January 31, 2025
|
|
With all of the festivities going on, there are plenty of opportunities to see all of our favorite characters dressed up in beautiful outfits, and we even get to meet some new folks and see their finest attire. There are some humorous moments with some great comedic timing that had me smiling and chuckling. All these new princesses around seem like an easy out for Tia once again, but they really complicate her situation further, and it's intriguing to see that her feelings are not as clear cut as she once thought.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #7
July 18, 2025
|
|
So much happens in this volume, and we learn so many important details about several important houses, Tia’s father and mother, more interesting tidbits of history, and some consequential moments between main characters! Everything is coming to a boiling point and the tension is exciting! There are still some loose ends to figure out, but this beautiful series ramping up towards an interesting conclusion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #8
August 15, 2025
|
|
As much as Tia has steeled herself against loving any of the many boys who have vied for her heart, it pains me to see her walled off from even Ross, who is trying so hard to protect her and be there for her every step of the way. The twists in this volume regarding Jieun and Tia’s mother were satisfying payoffs to have after waiting so long. INA is finally starting to see some of the hard work of tying together storylines that have been laid down throughout the series, and I'm eagerly anticipating the culmination of everything coming together at the end.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Abandoned Empress #9
August 26, 2025
|
|
According to online discourse, the author and the adapter rushed the ending of the story given the backlash from fans, which led to unevenness of this volume. For eight volumes, this series has been calculated and steady, but this volume was a sprint to the finish and left a lot of things unsettled. It's truly a shame because we were robbed of the intended conclusion. What we got instead was some convenient answers and attempts at tidying up loose ends while leaving many characters out in the cold. Some of the illustrations are still beautiful and the coloring is still very pretty, but the volume suffered overall and there aren't as many gorgeous scenes or thoughtful details compared to the rest of the series. I still adore the series overall despite the ending being a bit of a low note.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Adventure Zone: The Eleventh Hour #5 |
May 17, 2023
show
|
|
This is yet another fun, fantastic adventure for our three heroes, and yet again in an entirely different setting than any of the other four books thus far. This D&D campaign must have been ridiculously fun! Aside from the usual banter, sarcastic remarks from Taako, and general silliness, this book does have some depth to it. As with lots of twisty timey-wimey (©Doctor Who) stories, we get a few what-if's. In this case, the relic tempts all three of our heroes into going back and fixing their past mistakes, and does so by showing them the mistake they regret the most. This gives us some powerful insight to how these three came to be who they are, and it's not something we've gotten to see since the first volume. It's also a beautiful way to incorporate some flashback without bogging down the story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Ancient Magus' Bride #9 |
Sep 30, 2022
show
|
|
This is such an important volume for the story of Chise and her enemies, and I'm a little bit sad that it happens this late in the series! The payoff of having Chise's past revealed with Josef is pretty sweet, but it has been a long time coming. While many other volumes of this series have been fairly heartbreaking, this one takes the cake with our two most tragic folks, and I do manage to feel pity for Josef even though he has been making everyone's life harder for the last seven volumes. This feels very much like the end of a story arc, and the ending isn't quite a cliffhanger, so if you're on a limited budget and need a logical place to stop, this volume would be a decent place to do so.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Angel Next Door Spoils Me Rotten #1 |
Apr 14, 2025
show
|
|
This started as a fun tet-a-tet between the two of them, but quickly became a reinforcement of gender stereotypes. Amane is helpless to do cooking or cleaning without Shiina, and her offer to clean his apartment for him felt a bit like Amane tricking her into it with his learned helplessness. Here’s to hoping he has absorbed some of what she taught him while organizing and he can keep his apartment clean without having to have her come over. At this point, I can see why Amane would have feelings for Shiina, but I don’t see why Shiina would reciprocate other than Amane is the only guy who can have a conversation with her without falling madly in love at first sight.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Apothecary Diaries |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
The Apothecary Diaries #2
April 4, 2022
|
|
There are so many layers of political and court intrigue! Maomao is much more confident in this volume, and some of it stems from her assuredness that she will not be staying in court forever. She doesn't care if all the ladies-in-waiting like her, so this gives her a sense of authority that is fun to read. There is something interesting revealed this volume - that Maomao may derive pleasure from ingesting poison, which led to her having a built-up immunity that serves her well as court food-taster, so I'm hoping we'll get some more of her past with poisons.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Apothecary Diaries #3
June 25, 2024
|
|
Maomao's power of deductive reasoning makes this story akin to Sherlock Holmes stories, and it creates an interesting air of mystery where you want to find out what's going on right along with her. I enjoyed the power move of slapping down high-level introductions to courtesans as a way of getting what she wanted and using that prestige with others. I wish there was a little bit more interaction between her and her father, but I enjoyed the exchanges we did get and the mental challenges he gave to her when examining the scene. It reminds me of the interactions between Mycroft and Sherlock.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Apothecary Diaries #4
December 13, 2024
|
|
Watching Maomao piece together the bits of the puzzles is very much like watching Sherlock unravel a mystery where everything becomes quite plain as it is spelled out, but it’s all very bailing up front. In this case, there are a few more hints and flashbacks to guide readers along Maomao’s thoughts, but there is very little to work out the entire case until Maomao explains the entire thing for the big reveal. This heightened suspense could frustrate some readers who like to have a little more stake in the mystery thro
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Apothecary Diaries #5
February 19, 2025
|
|
The mysteries come fast in this one as Mao Mao settles into her new living situation. We meet a few new supporting characters but don’t get a lot of page time with them owing to Mao Mao having more mysteries to solve. The aged maid of Sir Jinshi is cute and funny, so hopefully we see more of her interactions with Mao Mao and the young lord. There are some humorous pokes at Jinshi’s overt sexuality and how much he can’t control his attractiveness, as well as a few references to a well-endowed lady who doesn’t like Mao Mao very much. Mao Mao is clearly comfortable in her own sexuality and expressing sensuousness after being around courtesans for most of her young life, but these moments, as well as the complexities of some of Mao Mao’s mysteries, make the series better for high school libraries overall.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Ayakashi Hunter's Tainted Bride (2025) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Ayakashi Hunter's Tainted Bride #2
January 7, 2026
|
|
It's clear by volume two that Yako intends to take care of Nanao and that she is much shafe in her new home than what we saw in volume one with the Byakurenji clan, which warms my heart. However, Yako is still mysterious, and there is some misunderstandings between Nanao and Yako, which are guaranteed to keep readers invested.The chemistry between Yako and Nanao is a little steamier as they are already a little physical by volume two, so readers who have been frustrated by the slow pace of other romance series will be pleasantly surprised here. Pages are full of gorgeously detailed clothing, scenery, and tender moments between the two leads.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Ayakashi Hunter's Tainted Bride #3
March 4, 2026
|
|
Fujimaru consistently illustrates Akemi as an over-the-top villain with outlandish facial expressions conveying her childish anger and temper tantrums. In this volume, she finally gets her satisfying comeuppance as all of her amateur schemes come crashing down around her. I’d feel a little more sympathetic for her and the terrible situation she was forced into if she wasn’t just a horrible person.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Beginning After the End #1 |
Nov 16, 2022
show
|
|
The beginning of this story is a little slow and has a lot of explanation as TurtleMe sets up the world and how magic works. Once the group gets on the road, the pace picks up a bit, so hopefully further volumes have a little more balance of action and explaining. So far, there’s a very similar premise to The Strongest Sage with the Weakest Crest with the "reborn" trope of the main character retaining all of their memories from their previous life. There's nothing in this first volume to make this story stand out from some of those other reborn stories, so hopefully this one sets itself apart in future volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Bride Was A Boy OGN |
Jul 05, 2025
show
|
|
This is an adorable story complete with cute chibi style illustrations to heighten the overall cute and romantic tone of the story, but it's also informative. After each chapter, Chi gives explanations for clinical and community-based terms to help provide context and understanding for readers, particularly where cultural differences occur. These helpful vignettes not only create opportunity for readers to gain knowledge, they are an opportunity for readers to see themselves and gain needed vocabulary. The interactions between Husband-kun and Bride-kun are so lovely and genuine that you can't help but be glad that the two end up together. The theme of love and acceptance makes this story feel like a warm hug.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Bugle Call: Song of War #1 |
Nov 05, 2025
show
|
|
This volume services a bit like a prologue for the first half as we delve into the background of Luca and set up the world of the Branch-hexed soldiers that all serve a holy order to protect the powerful and treasure-filled Spire. Sora mixes world-building within the outbursts of war to keep the pacing of the story steady, so readers learn much about the magic and the history of the conflict Luca finds himself caught up in. This series has the battles and violence of Vinland Saga, the mercenary and magical adventure storyline of Almark, and the the mysterious Outsiders from The Girl from the Otherside all mixed in to create a magical war story with a touch of mystery.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The City on the Other Side OGN |
Jul 22, 2022
show
|
|
This is a beautiful adventure story with a sympathetic main character whose neglect is palpable in the first few pages. She takes up the mantel of the quest fairly easily, but it's pretty believable given that going back home means more time without anyone caring what happens to her. Button, her mushroom seelie friend, is pretty feisty and sometimes comical, so he provides some needed moments of laughter. There's also some good representation between the two human characters as Isabel is Latinx and Benji, a boy who was rescued by fairies after the Fire, is Filipino. The seelie and unseelie characters all have really unique designs and aren't like the typical fairies people might be used to, which gave this story some freshness in a landscape covered in fairy books.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Darwin Incident (2023) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Darwin Incident #1
October 25, 2023
|
|
This title packs a serious punch in examining the rights of humans and doesn't shy away from some heavy political topics. The story tackles "us vs them" and NIMBY (not in my backyard) attitudes that have been prevalent in recent years in US politics and also includes some comments on violent police and a "shoot-first, ask later" proclivity. Through all of this, Charlie is an innocent who has an interesting way of seeing the world. The way he questions the world's inequities will encourage readers to have some critical reflection as well. This is a manga that will get under readers skin while also satisfying the need for action and interesting characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Darwin Incident #2
July 4, 2025
|
|
The mangaka has really done their homework in terms of encapsulating some American divisive discourse, and parts of this volume were starting to give me anxiety from the tension. There are uncensored f-bombs throughout, and the mangaka doesn’t hold back -- there’s racism (though, thankfully censored n-words), and a brutal school shooting in this volume. There is a lot here to cause readers anxiety, but there is something to be said about art imitating life in this series. I hope this series causes readers to reflect if they feel uncomfortable, and causes discussions to arise about how we can treat living creatures all over with more respect and dignity. Hats off for moving me and causing me emotional responses.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Evil Secret Society of Cats #1 |
Dec 21, 2022
show
|
|
As a cat owner, there’s a lot of truth in this book. Cats seem to love coming at me when I have all black on, and they live to fill our internet with cat pictures. This story would make a fun companion to How to Tell If Your Cat Is Plotting to Kill You by Matthew Inman. My biggest complaint is that because these were published separately and now collected, there are a lot of repeated intro panels where the Feline Commander introduces the society and tells its mission. That means there are only three panels of "story" going on most pages. Each comic is pretty cute and silly, so the humor makes up for the repeated panels.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Executioner and Her Way of Life #1 |
Jan 05, 2023
show
|
|
I liked this story's spin on the isekai genre, whee folks from other worlds come in and are the main stars of the story. This one deals with cleaning up the messes left behind by powerful beings. There is a satisfying amount of buildup before the slashing begins, and readers might get lulled into security or have misgivings about the book despite Menou’s occupation being right in the title. If the last few chapters are more of an indication of the story's pace, this series will be exciting and steady as we get into other cities and the intrigue of this society.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Fiancee Chosen by the Ring (2022) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Fiancee Chosen by the Ring #1
January 31, 2023
|
|
The pace of this entire first volume was pretty quick compared to other romance and fantasy titles. Within the first few pages, the couple has worked out an agreement, and by the end, we're given an entirely new plot line to focus on away from how they met. The two grow accustomed to each other pretty quickly, possibly because they come to a mutually beneficial agreement that isn't really about marriage. This might backfire later if Porta becomes the subject of multiple suitors and Felix is one of them. We hardly get to know him before more men are falling over each other to get Porta's attention! There is still quite a lot of potential in this story, so I'll definitely be moving on - I just hope we get to learn more about Felix before we totally move on.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Fiancee Chosen by the Ring #2
February 22, 2023
|
|
This is a pretty wholesome romance series so far, but the finaly chapter in this volume does have a creeper trying to take advantage of Aurora - he expresses his intent through veiled words rather that really trying anything, so this feels more like a representation of men using authority and power over women. I do appreciate that we have some feelings building up between the two leads, and it's the male lead declaring his feelings first - there are so many manga that follow the trope where the male lead has to be stoic until the love interest nearly loses all hope, so it'll be nice to see a romance develop a little differently in this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Fox & Little Tanuki (2020) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
The Fox & Little Tanuki #1
April 25, 2022
|
|
This was pretty cute and definitely good for fans of cartoon films staring animals as characters. There were some wonderfully cute tanuki faces from Manpachi that looked straight out of Disney films. Senzou is such a grump and really irritated by all these good characters, so his demeanor and bit of helplessness might resonate with older readers, while younger readers will definitely be delighted by the comical Manpachi. There are also some helpful pages explaining all the different types of mythical beings, so readers who might be confused by terms like "bakemono" need only wait a few pages to get an explanation.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Fox & Little Tanuki #2
August 11, 2022
|
|
This volume is slightly confusing as Tagawa lays down the groundwork for several different story threads that don't see resolution quiet yet. However, the payoff is still worth the confusion, as the animals are extremely adorable and there are some hints at a mystery that readers are going to want to solve if they are enjoying Manpachi as much as I am. The magical world on their side of the veil is really complex and there are a lot of deities, which make some sense given how much Japanese folklore is steeped in supernatural beings. This series would benefit from a character chart with their roles and names at the beginning of the story to keep them all straight.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Fox & Little Tanuki #3
March 23, 2024
|
|
This volume takes a bit of a departure from the previous two because it mostly takes place in the human world, and it has a murder-mystery vibe, where the other ones had almost all animals as the characters and mythical places as the settings. I enjoyed seeing the animals in their human forms and seeing how their personalities translated into human traits. With the investigation, we also shift focus away from Manpachi and Senzou, but this gives the supporting characters a chance to shine. I appreciated the focus on Chiaki and Hagiri, as well as the other wolves, since we were introduced to a lot of characters over the last two volumes and hadn't really had a chance to learn all of their names and unique personalities.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Fox Maidens #1 |
Nov 06, 2024
show
|
|
This is a beautifully told story with tender human moments throughout. Ha finds inspiration from classic Korean mythology and weaves them with modern storytelling techniques in a masterful way. The story develops methodically and fully with plenty of space to feel complete. But, just when you start to get comfortable, Ha brings in an unexpected twist to keep the narrative fresh and exciting.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Fragrant Flower Blooms With Dignity (2024) |
3 issues
show
|
|
|
The Fragrant Flower Blooms With Dignity #2
August 22, 2025
|
|
Rintaro has lots of page time to try to figure out his feelings and how to be respectful to friends of someone important to him, but it comes at a cost of his own friends. Hopefully the next volume gives him a chance to figure out how to balance both sides or give the boys from Chidori some more page time. This volume gave a lot of space to Subaru and developed her character heavily, which was appreciated. There were still plenty of closer ups and lovely facial details over many panels, though many characters have extremely long necks.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Fragrant Flower Blooms With Dignity #3
September 23, 2025
|
|
We got some nice time with the boys in this volume, and we’re starting to get some distinct personality between the three of them. There were also some sweet moments with Rintaro’s mom, and a great delve into Rintaro's past that gave him some extra depth. Rintaro taking lead to bring the two groups together is adorable, and I think it will resonate with readers who are navigating their own social situations. The illustrations continue to be beautiful and immensely detailed, particularly the many close ups of emotive characters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Fragrant Flower Blooms With Dignity #4
October 1, 2025
|
|
Now Rintaro has to sort out his feelings and navigate his shyness while keeping his cool around his friends, but he definitely has his tells. This volume spends more time inside Chidori and with other students aside from the core group. We also finally start to learn more about Rintaro’s dad as Rintaro begins to take an interest in baking, and there are hints that volume five will incorporate the quintessential summer festival trope popular to shojo manga.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Girl Who Draws On Whales OGN |
Jun 17, 2026
show
|
|
At times, the narration of this gorgeous narrative is choppy and requires some re-reading to discover where the jumps are leading you. The moments surrounding Wangi in particular can be a bit disjointed. Additionally, the motive of the narration himself is unclear. Despite the disconnects, the art in this graphic novel is absolutely gorgeous. The panel layout conveys the enormity of the animals as well as the under water environments, and several pages have sweeping progressions of partial splashes that show this grandeur. The water colors are beautifully blended, and Valenza's color palette is well chosen for the environments Kristantina wished to convey with her inks.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Golden Sheep #3 |
Oct 20, 2023
show
|
|
This being the finaly vlume in this short series, we get some resolution to the storylines and drama set up between the broken friendships, especially between Asari and Tsugu, which is satisfying. Overall, Ozaki is trying to provide a lot of commentary on growing up and the transition into adulthood, and how difficult some of those life choices can be. This short series may resonate with high school students who may feel at a loss themselves during this difficult transitive time, but my overall problem with the series still lies in volume two with the interaction between Yuushin and Asari and just how quickly the sexual violence was glossed over between the two of them. Without that one scene, this series would have been an excellent addition to high school shelves.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Hachioji Specialty: Tengu's Love #1 |
Aug 30, 2024
show
|
|
This story started out kind of dark and mysterious, but it gave way to something very cute and feel-good. This is also slightly a food-manga food-manga based on how much Hime talks about food, tries to cook, and the way she experiences her meals as she eats them. Kotarou is a decent cook thanks to being a bachelor, so they approach food differently but are able to come together and share some sweet moments. Both Hime and Kotarou want to be chosen by someone and loved, either romantically or in a familial way, which is touching and makes me want to reach into the pages and give both of them a hug.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Heroic Legend of Arslan #2 |
Jan 31, 2022
show
|
|
This volume has a lot of the terrible realities of war with the Lusitanians torturing people, killing children, all in the name of this holy war. The Parsans are heathens, and the Lusitanians are better because they believe in one god. There have been so many conflicts throughout history, and some still raging today, because of a difference of religious belief. For some readers, this. might be too close to reality, even though the setting of this series is the past. There are a lot of bloody moments and some quite disturbing when they get to torturing people, so this series might be a good one to attach a warning to.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Horizon OGN |
Nov 19, 2025
show
|
|
What a dark, twisted, but poignant story. This story says a lot without saying much at all. There’s sparse dialogue throughout, and the illustrations are haunting. There are dark lines and lots of maddening scribbles conveying the chaotic hopelessness. The older man makes the story very tense, which could serve as fodder for discussion with readers. The symbolism is rich in this story, and this one would be good to discuss with a literature class, especially one that specializes in dystopian literature.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Hunters Guild: Red Hood #1 |
Nov 17, 2022
show
|
|
This title was plagued with ill-timed moments of explanation. Kawaguchi loved breaking up the action scenes with moments to explain how werewolves came to be, or how the hunters' society works. Kawaguchi even pokes fun at this when an explanation starts in the middle of a fight with a werewolf - the werewolf pretends to be a student in a class, taking notes, while Grimm is the teacher lecturing at the front. Once Velou and Grimm leave the village, everything has really convenient timing in order to move the plot forward. Like they just so happen to show up at their mode of transportation on the exact day it's leaving, and would have had to wait three months for the next one to come by if they missed it. Most of the strong female characters so far also have comically proportioned chests with very small heads.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Ice Guy and The Cool Girl #1 |
Apr 07, 2025
show
|
|
This story is overall pretty wholesome, and there's most likely going to be more to this office romance even if Fuyutsuki starts off not really having feelings for Himuro. There are adorable moments where Tonogaya works in winter humor as Himuro's powers are on display, so it's apparent that the mangaka is enjoying the illustration work and adding seasonal easter-eggs for the readers. The main storyline moves at a glacial pace as this is a slice-of-life, so readers should be ready to be in this for the long haul.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Moth Keeper OGN |
Mar 15, 2023
show
|
|
This is fairly powerful stuff for a middle grade novel. O’Neill touches upon themes of acceptance and depression, as well as self-worth and belonging. Anya struggles with many of these things a and hopes her position will bring some purpose to her life, but in the end, friends and family help her find her sense of purpose. Also of importance is the need to contribute to the greater good, which Anya does find eventually, but with this, O'Neill reminds readers to find a place for themselves in their societies as well. With these illustrations, O'Neill takes a bit of a rougher approach to outlining, but the story's deeper themes need a little grittier touch. The coloring is just as beautiful as O’Neill's previous works, so fans of The Tea Dragon Society have another meaningful, gorgeous story to add to their shelves.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Night Eaters (2022) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Night Eaters: Her Little Reapers #2
October 31, 2024
|
|
Volume two opens us up to a lot more of the seedy underworld that Ipo came from, but by the end of the book, we might have more of a sense of the vastness and the power that she wields. Like they do with Monstress, this creative team introduces concepts, plows ahead, and expects the readers to keep up or be left behind. It can be disorienting for several pages as they don't slow for world-building or explanations, but it makes for some rich, complicated storytelling when more of the limited page-time can be devoted to showing the story instead of pausing. I imagine the third and final volume will provide a lot of context for what's happening hear, which will make re-reading enjoyable.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Night Eaters: She Eats the Night #1
October 31, 2022
|
|
Ipo really is a piece of work and not likable at all, but the twist at the end of the story makes everything fall into place and make sense. The authors keep the suspense heightened up until the final few pages, and the ending is highly satisfying. Takeda's illustrations are as beautiful in this story as they are in Monstress. The plants are beautiful and lush, but the entire title has a kind of sepia over it that lends to the creepiness. Every page has a tinge of darkness or something spooky, which makes this something that will definitely appeal for fans of horror comics.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Otaku Love Connection #1 |
Jul 08, 2025
show
|
|
This absolutely hilarious take on fan culture might be an introductory course for some, but for other readers who may be otaku themselves, this comedy may be like looking into a mirror. There are a lot of otaku-specific vocabulary words used, but everything is explained so as not to leave anyone out. The otaku-obsession level is on full blast from beginning to end with little reprieve, which will work for some readers but might exhaust others. The art is adorably beautiful with plenty of pretty folks of all walks of life for all readers to stan for th
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Perks of Being an S-Class Heroine #1 |
Jul 17, 2024
show
|
|
This was quite the twisted set up to get to a Regressor reincarnation story, but once the main story started, it was pretty entertaining. There are RPG elements like Solo Leveling where the main character can buy items from a shop and has an inventory. But she can also interact with the “creators” who transmigrated her to this storyline, which adds a comical layer and provides an interesting running commentary on her actions as well as their own. They judge each other and Ailette is sometimes able to use them against each other to get her way.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress (2024) |
10 issues
show
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #1
November 29, 2022
|
|
This title is full of political intrigue with Rashta and Navier pitted against each other. Most readers will probably gravitate to Navier's side, but she's not blameless, which makes everything more twisty and complicated. There are also some really lavish illustrations. While at times characters are slightly disproportioned with elongated necks and extremities, all is mostly forgiven in light of some beautiful dresses and rich backgrounds, and of course, characters readers will love or love to hate. This is an adaptation of a popular Webtoon comic and will likely bring along an already established fanbase to the library.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #2
July 31, 2023
|
|
The political intrigue continues! This whole storyline is a giant chess match of conniving, calculating folks who are trying to work and use their wiles on everyone else. It was good to see Navier use some of her Empress powers in this volume and get a few good jabs in on Sovieshu when he needed it. He often tries to have his cake and eat it too just because he's the Emperor! While it is obvious that the couple-pairing we're being shoe-horned into is for Sovieshu and Rashta to end up together and Navier and Heinrey to end up together, Navier and Sovieshu are childhood sweethearts, and we get some very tender flashbacks in this volume that kind of make me want them to work things out. That could also be false hope so that the separation hurts more later! Either way, this romance-drama continues to enthrall and keep me on the edge of my seat.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #3
January 13, 2024
|
|
Navier continues to be the picture of calm in the face of all manner of horrible treatment, and she has some of the best ways to subtlety insult and get back at Rashta. While it seemed like Sovieshu had come back around a little bit in the last volume with Navier's birthday trip, he’s back to pretty much always taking Rashta’s side when the two come toe to toe. Rashta gets herself into a hole in this volume, and I can’t wait to see how that will all crumble around her. I also love how the Duke's potion backfired on him, but really hope Navier uses it for her personal gain, even though she's a decent person and probably won't.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #4
February 8, 2024
|
|
Korsair is definitely a loose cannon, but he is getting to do some of the things that some readers may be wishing Navier could be able to do. He has been in very few scenes so far, and what he was in of this volume was intense and gratifying. There are other machinations in this volume that are also satisfying, and Rashta is really starting to show her true colors as a conniving, manipulative person. Readers also have to keep in mind that she is also trying to survive one very cutthroat environment, though that most likely brings little pity to the Rashta party. Navier is obviously a very sympathetic character for what is happening to her, but she is also an amazing character because of the way she handles herself and still manages to slight people in superb fashion.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #5
February 28, 2024
|
|
There is so much drama happening and it’s really starting to get entertaining! It definitely feels like we are really close to the scene from volume one where Navier asks Sovieshu for a divorce, and if that’s the case, it’s going to be a reversal and such a moment of vindication for her. Sovieshu wants to have all his cake but just when he's ready to eat it, it's going to be taken from him. I sincerely hope things fall apart with Rashta as well and that the plots to try to make her legitimate with noble parents also falls apart so that everything can unravel! The illustrations continue to be stunning on every page, but the writing and intrigues on top of intrigues are really superb in this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #6
April 14, 2024
|
|
Even though we know from the beginning this moment was going to happen, we weren't given full details, and it’s still such a sweet build up and satisfying payoff now that it has happened. The creative team did a fantastic job of building the narrative suspense throughout to still keep Duke Ergi in contention as the one she was remarrying, but more readers are probably going to be happy that she is going off with King Heinrey. Navier isn't sure how she feels about Heinrey and there's still some distrust and some politicking going on, but I still can't wait for volume 7 to come out to see how she settles in within her new kingdom, and what the fallout is going to be in the Empire now that all of this has shaken out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #7
December 4, 2024
|
|
Readers who were looking forward to Navier and Heinrey finally being together are going to be so happy to have this volume in their hands. However, just when we all thought Navier’s power struggles were going to be over with her in a new kingdom, we find out she now has to contend with another queen. It makes sense that Navier has to start over with another High Society, and of course there are more political intrigues and court dramas to be had! This all keeps everything interesting since there's no rest in this new kingdom for our favorite queen!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #8
April 13, 2025
|
|
There are finally some beautiful moments of emotional payoff that we have been waiting volumes to see! Some of my favorites include: Soveishu having to eat his humble crow to grovel and beg for forgiveness only for Navier to tell him he’s an idiot; Rashta spurning Navier’s advice and having tons of things blow up in her face; and Navier having some happiness with Heinrey. Because of all the misfortune all series, I am always waiting for a shoe to drop as I read, especially when Navier is happy or getting her way, but I’m hoping Navier just gets to bask in some pettiness for a moment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #9
January 27, 2026
|
|
Rashta continues to be her irritating and terrible self, though Sovieshu might be starting to see some of her horrible tendencies. The big wedding is finally here for Navier, including all the wonderful anticipation that comes with it for readers — Navier’s gorgeous wedding gown and her ball gown to follow were exactly what I had hoped for with a series that emphasizes beautiful dresses and fine details on clothing. Plus, Navier and Heinrey finally become intimate more than the simple hands brushing that we've seen so far, including some
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Remarried Empress #10
June 18, 2026
|
|
In this volume, we get to see Heinrey and Navier's relationship deepen as Navier finally starts opening up to her new husband. There might even be some moments to garner sympathy for Rashta after everything terrible she's done all series. There are still many political machinations going on, this time in two different courts, so it's quite a lot to keep track of with these large breaks between installments in the series. This is still beautifully illustrated and colored, and wonderfully entertaining for those readers who enjoy political intrigue as a main plot device.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Rose of Versailles #4 |
Jul 22, 2023
show
|
|
We all know how the story of Louis and Marie Antoinette would end, but there’s still so much tension and build up woven onto each page that Ikeda gives hope that they could escape, or the people could decide to spare them. This volume also does finally get some resolution and relief for all the build up of Oscar and André’s romantic tension that has been rising throughout the story. After the historical drama has concluded, there is a side story focusing on Oscar, Rosalie, Andre, and a little girl named Loulou, but that could have probably been included with volume 5 where there are more adventures of Loulou, so instead we end on this interesting note of a story based on a real woman named Elizabeth Bathony who did murder a lot of people, but it seems like a strange place to end volume four.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Sacrificers #2 |
Dec 18, 2024
show
|
|
Our two protagonists are not having a great time of things now that the world is being destroyed, but I'm on board with Pigeon's plan to rise up and use his new found power to show the gods they can't just keep taking from helpless people. I'm also tremendously scared for Soluna and all the people she's around, so the this powerhouse creative team has done an excellent job getting me to buy into the plights of both characters. This is one series I eagerly anticipate every week when I go to the local comicbook shop, and I'm so thankful that the next issue is already waiting for me.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Strongest Sage with the Weakest Crest (2020) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Strongest Sage with the Weakest Crest #1
January 29, 2022
|
|
These reincarnation stories are fairly common, and there's nothing super stand-outish about this one. Mathias is completely overpowered compared to everyone else in this world since he has all his knowledge about spells and swords skills. He is still a young kid, so his stamina isn't the best, but his magical prowess is still as grand as it was in his former life. The thing that makes this slightly intriguing is how much the society has changed and flopped on its head. I'm sure Mathias is going to start exploring why that is, and I doubt it's going to be for any good reasons. He'll probably have to fight against the entire society to show them that they've been deceived. There's a little too much of that going on in real life at the moment, so it's not as compelling a reason to keep reading as one would hope.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Strongest Sage with the Weakest Crest #2
April 11, 2022
|
|
I was thinking it would take a lot longer for Matty to figure out what has happened to this world, but we already have a potential theory of what has happened. There is also some questioning how Matty is so amazing at everything and whether he's a demon or not, so that's an improvement over other reincarnation manga where the main character is super gifted and nobody bats an eye at it. We also see some more game manga tropes in this volume, like dungeons and leveling up, so in some regard, this series is coming more in line with other stories instead of standing apart. It's still entertaining enough that I'll keep giving it some more volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Summer Hikaru Died #1 |
Jun 09, 2024
show
|
|
There are a lot of horror elements to this story, particularly the illustration style, but definitely the tone that always hints that the other shoe is about to drop. I was constantly waiting for a page-turn jump scare, but there wasn't one. That type of suspense and build up is hard to create and maintain, so I commend the mangaka for being able to sustain that throughout the story. There are also hints throughout that Hikaru was something more than a friend to Yoshiki, which is why it's so hard for him to move on or let go of even a monster in Hikaru's skin, but this is also just hints or dialogue choices rather than actions on the page.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Tale of Luvelia Kingdom #1 |
Jun 12, 2026
show
|
|
This manga starts off a little bit confusing with the switch between Erina and Alvis' points of view, but once the main problem is established, the narrative perspective settles and it becomes much easier to follow. The beginning also uses quite a few well-known tropes, such as broken engagement, false accusations, engagements rearranged, but something refreshing is that this fantasy is told from the male perspective instead of the wronged female lead or from the reincarnated/isekai'd person's perspective. By the end of this volume, Alvis is a much more interesting character, and I'm excited to see the bond between him and Erina develop.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Uncanny Counter #1 |
May 25, 2024
show
|
|
This first volume has a lot of world-building to set up, including the notion of the Territory, which is a little bit confusing at first. The Territory is a portion of magical energy that connects the Counters with the Afterlife and strengthens their powers, and it takes all three of Mun's compatriots to explain the concept to him and the reader. I did appreciate the diversity of characters, even if they're mainly in the afterlife since the living characters are in Korea.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Villainess Turns the Hourglass (2023) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Villainess Turns the Hourglass #2
June 19, 2024
|
|
There is so much court drama and societal machinations in this title that it can be a little difficult to keep everyone sorted and see the consequences of actions from volume one popping up in volume two, but steadfast readers who pay attention to detail will be rewarded with some payoffs of all the moving parts. Aria doesn’t use the hourglass too much in this volume for anything too exciting, so I’d love to see it be built in for more suspenseful plot points.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Villainess Turns the Hourglass #3
November 6, 2025
|
|
Aria has so many schemes and irons in the fire at one time that this series would definitely benefit from reading all the volumes close together. This is a binge series, not a slow sipper. In addition to the intricate plots, there are references to characters or actions from previous volumes that are carried over into the next volume, and a lot of minor characters become important down the line. Some readers might be frustrated with how Aria is developing and her use of the hourglass, but it's also an interesting mechanic that makes this villainess story a little unique compared to others in the vein.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Villainess's Guide to (Not) Falling in Love |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The Villainess's Guide to #1
September 24, 2025
|
|
Villainess stories are very popular at this moment, and here's another entry in the reverse-harem trope where Luciana, at this point in time, not particularly liked by all of the love interests. What I enjoyed about this take on the reincarnation story is that the main character's advanced knowledge of the game seems to fail her very quickly, and unexpected things happen or characters behave in ways that she does not anticipate. This keeps the narrative fresh and doesn't make her as overpowered as other entries in the regressor field of stories. The art in this story is also fantastic and extremely detailed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The Villainess's Guide to #2
May 11, 2026
|
|
The artwork of this series is very soft and full of beautiful people, especially beautiful young men. All of the clothing is elaborate and filled with billowing, puffy dresses, and there are tons of flowers everywhere, especially once a character like Wisteria is on the scene. There is opportunity for the storyline to get lost in its shōjo tropes, but the creators instead use some well loved tropes to their advantage to fill their pages with gorgeous artwork and an endearing story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The White Cat's Revenge as Plotted from the Dragon King's Lap (2020) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
The White Cat's Revenge as Plotted from the Dragon King's Lap #3
January 10, 2022
|
|
This volume got a little bit more serious after the turn at the very end of volume two where Ruri discovers some of the harsh conditions people are living in. With her visit to Nadasha, Ruri tries to emphasize people not dying in a war for her or because Asahi is thick, but she is unable to get her point across, and now will have guilt for the people who die for her. There are also a lot fewer fairies and interactions with them than in previous volumes, which also adds to the seriousness. There is still some levity when Ruri (in cat form) visits the soldiers and they all just want to pet the cute kitty. Some things are definitely going to get real in the next volume with the war and more people discovering Ruri isn't really a cat. I'm eagerly anticipating the moment when the Dragon King finds out!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
The White Cat's Revenge as Plotted from the Dragon King's Lap #4
July 19, 2023
|
|
This series is still adorable, but this volume gets a little heavier as Ruri confronts her former school mates who were captured with Asahi but are now no longer enthralled by her. The overfairies are also adorable, having both found bodies that are cute and fluffy like Ruri likes. The author's note at the end lets us know that we were waiting so long for this volume (it's been almost two years!) specifically because the illustrations for the war sequence took so long, so hopefully we don't have more delays like that! We still didn't get to the moment of the king finding out about Ruri, so that tension is growing, and this volume added a bit of hilarity to it as the audience knew what Asahi's frustration was all about.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Witches of Pepperwood Bay #1 |
Jan 14, 2026
show
|
|
These three witches are delightfully funny, witty, and inquisitive, while the colors of this story appealed to the pastel lover that I am. Readers will most likely have a favorite (mine's aqua-haired Clover), and will no doubt have a or moment that they can relate to -- being parented by a sibling, having feelings of not fitting in, or learning to be responsible. There are also some tender moments as the sisters figure out their sibling dynamic and relationship with each other.. This is beautifully and brightly illustrated with some imaginative adventures that will appeal to fans of magic, mermaids, and mysteries.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Witches of Silverlake #1 |
Jun 08, 2023
show
|
|
There are so many things about this story that remind me of the movie The Craft: a new kid moves to Los Angeles, obviously the witches, their innocent spells backfiring... There are some moments when the dialogue is pretty stiff and not quite authentic to today's teenagers, but if we take this as set in the same space as the movie, it works well as an homage to those intellectual outcasts. There is a very diverse cast of characters supporting the cis gay white male lead, and I appreciated that everyone’s sexuality and gender are features of them instead of foci of the story. While Elliot's romantic feelings does take a good amount of the story, it doesn't feel like tokenism or performative for the sake of having an LGBTQ+ story. All that being said, there are some problems with pacing the story and balancing how large this cast is.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Wolf Never Sleeps #1 |
Feb 16, 2023
show
|
|
This first volume of this story is incredible mediocre. There’s not a whole lot of excitement, and the “cliffhanger” ending only makes promises that the next volume might be more entertaining. This story blends the elements of dungeon/RPG crawlers with an isekai story, but the storyline doesn't really offer much to set it apart from the rest of the genre. Shinkawa's illustrations are very dark and gritty at times, which sets the tone and makes it stand out a bit from the others in its genre. Sheinbishop spends a lot of time developing the fighting system and the world Lecan finds himself in, so we don't get really enough about the characters themselves. Readers might enjoy the violence and the fighting, but unless volume two picks up a bunch in the storyline department, there might not be much to keep readers going.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The World After the Fall #1 |
Dec 26, 2022
show
|
|
This story suffers from a classic case of tell-not-show. Most of the many years of Jaehwan and other Walkers going through the Tower are told in exposition. We are supposed to have emotional attachments to characters who don't make it, but for some of them, we learned of them pages before their demise. There could have been a LOT more to develop between these characters to make the emotional impact land effectively. Likewise, the reveal at the end has almost no impact on me because we didn't spend the time grinding with Jaehwan -- we were told he did it.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Yakuza's Bias #1 |
Oct 03, 2024
show
|
|
There are definitely some hysterical moments as Ken descends deeper into his obsession. The best parts come from his fanfic writing as he takes inspiration from his yakuza background. This is a good next read for people who liked The Way of the Househusband and want another story that focuses on hit men doing something ridiculous with too much gusto. Unlike Househusband, there is some continuity between the chapters even though it still has a bit of a slice-of-life feel overall.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
The Yearning Fox Lies in Wait #1 |
Sep 05, 2024
show
|
|
This story is a cute and tidy one-volume romance that seems a little slow to start and ends rather quickly, but nevertheless offers readers a little bit in a lot of areas. There is romance, historical fiction, a dash of food manga, and some mythology thrown in for good measure. The illustrations are pretty but nothing especially stand out. The bonus chapter has a little bit of spice, enough to satisfy some romance readers who might have thought this title was too chaste for them, but not too much to keep this from school library bookshelves.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Thunder 3 #1 |
Oct 12, 2024
show
|
|
Ikeda interestingly blends two art styles to represent the two universes, and creates a sci-fi adventure with ominous aliens that are all unique and mysterious. There was a lot going on in thi first volume in terms of world building between the Pyontaro's dimension and the one they all get sucked into, so unfortunately the character development suffered because of it. The Small Three (the team name for Pyontaro and his two friends) are a little bit blurred together in terms of personality, so hopefully they will get a chance to shine in later volumes and have some nuance.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
To Your Eternity #1 |
Jan 05, 2026
show
|
|
Through this orb, we as readers are going to learn a lot about human interaction. Already in volume one, we are being invited to examine human frailty, the value of life, and the cycle of life and death. While the switch between the Arctic and March is a bit jarring, the connection eventually makes a lot of sense, and the cut actually fits together satisfyingly if suspend disbelief long enough to see how the stories relate to one another. This first volume was very intriguing, but definitely more philosophical with touches of action and adventure.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Toilet-Bound Hanako-Kun (2020) |
6 issues
show
|
|
|
Toilet-Bound Hanako-Kun #4
August 16, 2022
|
|
This series continues to play with my emotions by making me care so much about people who are already dead. As soon as they launch into the backstory of this latest ghost, I wanted to comfort him and help Minamoto bring him to peace! I also don’t know how Nene can have such a crush on Hanako-Kun and it work out for her in the end, but gosh darn it if I don’t want those two to have a happily ever after somehow. The volumes in this series are shorter than a typical manga, but AidaIro use every panel effectively to develop these characters and connect with readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toilet-Bound Hanako-Kun #5
September 21, 2022
|
|
This tea party has a little bit of an Alice in Wonderland flare with the cast of colorful characters that surround Nanamine and make the whole thing feel a little bit off from reality. There's a little bit that's uncomfortable about the relationship between Akane and Aoi because he can come off as obsessive and a little creepy, so hopefully he gets a bit of a reality check or attitude adjustment if he's going to continue being part of the storyline. Other than him, the other new mysteries and characters are all really intriguing. As much as I don't want to see more of Tsukasa because he's creepy in a good way, I'm really interested to learn more about Nanamine and Tsukasa.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toilet-Bound Hanako-Kun #6
October 27, 2022
|
|
This volume broke my heart with what's coming down the pipeline, and I'm 100% on Kou's side and hope he can change the future. The ending left me a little dissatisfied because Nene once again gets kidnapped, which just happened at the end of volume four. I've also gone back to vacillating with Hanako-kun, whether he's really a good guy or not. This volume makes him seem a little more chaotic good, like maybe he has a moral compass but it's skewed, and mostly he acts because Nene asks him to fix things or help people. It's definitely something that will keep readers hooked until we truly figure it out, if ever.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toilet-Bound Hanako-Kun #7
November 25, 2022
|
|
This is another solid entry in this series, despite by initial frustrations that Nene once again gets kidnapped. Mitsuba was a really interesting ghost from volume four, so it's nice to see more of him even though the ending complicates things a lot for him. AidaIro does a wonderful job keeping the characters grounded in their youth - they often make poor choices or are completely governed by their impulses, as teens often are. After seeing how timid Mitsuba was in volume four, it was refreshing to see him stand up for himself and let some of his impulsiveness come through. Hopefully it works out to his betterment, but we won't know until volume eight!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toilet-Bound Hanako-Kun #8
April 11, 2023
|
|
I really wonder if Nene’s jump to the past will have any bearing of Hanako-kun in the future, but my gut says it won’t, that the flashback was more of a facet of being inside the Mystery instead of being a snippet of Amano’s actual life. Either way, it's nice to see a younger version of Hanako-kun before becoming a ghost. He has some redeeming qualities and innocence, which probably only makes Nene like him even more! This time, I was happy for Nene to get herself into trouble, but let's hope we get a little more variety of plot devices in the next few volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Toilet-Bound Hanako-Kun #9
August 23, 2023
|
|
The jump in storytelling for this volume had even me doing a double-take, and I was just as confused as poor Nene and Kou, so I commend the mangaka for a solid disruption to the storyline. Some of the previous volumes had become a little predictable, especially because Nene kept getting kidnapped, but this was refreshing and a wonderful change of pace aside from still having some key obvious markers in figuring out the mystery. The School Mystery itself had a bit of a cruel twist to it, so this volume will tug a bit on the heartstrings of readers, which AidaIro has been showing mastery of throughout this series.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tokyo Aliens #1 |
Sep 12, 2024
show
|
|
This story had some fantastically timed comedic moments mixed with great action sequences. The story was a little predictable at times but it still delivered in overall story and chemistry between Akira and Sho, so the predictability can be forgiven. Naoe was even able to provide some emotional depth to a few characters who were only on the page for a few panels, so I'm excited to see how the main characters develop over time. The illustrations were highly detailed in character design and scenery with hyper-realistic settings as well as imaginative aliens.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tokyo Ghoul |
5 issues
show
|
|
|
Tokyo Ghoul #1
May 10, 2025
|
|
While this is a horror story at it's core is a monster story, there are a lot of deeper themes swirling around that make this text a rich reading experience and ripe for use in literary text sets. As the story quotes Kafka's Metamorphosis and Hesse's Demian, the core of the story wrestles with some quintessential questions about the essence of humanity and others that explore the spectrum of good and evil. Everyone seems to be morally gray, and Ishida presents enough information along the way to show how complicated and intriguing every character can be.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Tokyo Ghoul #2
June 9, 2025
|
|
The ghoul hunters themselves don’t feel like altruistic “good guys” making this story a great example of examining true protagonists and antagonists that don’t fit the traditional stereotypes. One of the ghoul hunters is as creepy as the ghouls and relishes in the kill nearly as much, so the philosophical discussions continue in this volume about motivation, humanity, and right vs. wrong/good vs. evil. There could be some great morality conversations and connections with other literary works, like Crime and Punishment or A Picture of Dorian Gray.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Tokyo Ghoul #3
August 14, 2025
|
|
There are some beautifully subtle story points Ishida uses in singular panels that express so much meaning, and the storytelling and suspense that’s being built through those moments is masterful. The visual imagery is powerfully conveyed, like one panel showing a wedding ring on a finger to hint to the audience that a character might have had have a whole family waiting for them. While this volume has a lot of fighting going on, there are so many other things happening as well thanks to the complexity of the investigators and the struggle of morality Kaneki is going through. As readers, do we know who the true "good guys" are? The investigators are not really portrayed as altruistic characters, nor are these ghouls fully evil, so the struggle all around is masterfully executed.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Tokyo Ghoul #4
August 20, 2025
|
|
After some intense fighting, this is a great volume full of world-building and character development where we are introduced to several other side characters who are interesting and will definitely make things even more complicated for Kaneki. To drive things home even more how despicable ghouls can be, they offer up Kaneki to this absolute creep, Shu, who will no doubt give readers the heeby-geebies. Once again, I am absolutely enjoying the play of morality and the dance Ishida is doing making readers question who really is good because, aside from Kaneki, every character is morally bankrupt in this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Tokyo Ghoul #5
November 23, 2025
|
|
The first half of this volume is an intense battle with many “power ups” as ghouls break out their kagune against each other. Ishida provides a nice balance in this volume with Rize's backstory and focusing on the CCG's investigations and inner workings. There's also a moment bouncing back to Anteiku Cafe so we can see how the ghouls recovered from their devastating fight. The story pacing is good once again even if this volume doesn't have quite as much depth philosophically as some of the other volumes. There are some some moments that defy expectations and allow for some discussion, such as the definition of beauty, and continuing the conversation of good vs. evil.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tokyo Mew-Mew #1 |
Aug 10, 2022
show
|
|
This is a classic magical girl manga that is getting a new anime adaptation in the Fall of 2022, so its popularity is most likely going to spike again. The girls have transformation sequences, non-sensical attack chants, and really short skirts, which is very similar to Sailor Moon. Also similarly is the aliens attacking the planet for their own gain, which was almost every alien threat in Sailor Moon. There is quite an emphasis on endangered animals, only one of which is not endangered any more despite this series first being written in 2003. Unfortunately, the updated Kodansha 2-in-1 version I read doesn't have great pictures of the animals the writer used - pictured to the right is the black square that is supposed to be an Iriomote Wildcat - so readers are going to have to do some looking up on their own if they want to see the animals the characters are designed around.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tokyo Revengers #1 |
Jun 18, 2022
show
|
|
This was an entertaining story, and definitely one shōnen readers will enjoy. The pacing is pretty fast and keeps readers on the edge of their seat, but that means character development suffers a bit. Takemichi isn't really a compelling main character within the first volume, and I don't feel the sense of urgency to save a girl who has been out of his life for ten years. There are some nuggets of intrigue dropped throughout the first volume, like hints at the difficulty Takemichi went through to get out of the gang, so that will hopefully be explored later. For me, though, this probably suffered from being over-hyped, and I found it a little lacking. For a more compelling and suspenseful time-jump storyline, grab Kei Sanbe’s Erased.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Tsubaki-chou Lonely Planet #1 |
Nov 21, 2022
show
|
|
This is a sweet romance with a lot of the typical shōjo tropes - a distant, cold main love interest with other sort of rude boys chasing our heroine. It’s clear both boys are going to pursue Fumi, and readers will probably side with one over the other and root for Fumi to find happiness through this relationship. There is a moment where Fumi thinks she can get away with not being in a relationship and not relying on a man for anything, which might resonate with some readers, but this is quickly rejected after a run-in with a thief. Depending on how further volumes develop, this should be a decent story for romance fans.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Turns Out My Online Friend is My Real-Life Boss! #1 |
Aug 03, 2024
show
|
|
Despite the title giving away the big reveal, the miscommunications kept the meeting funny and enjoyable to read. This was a pretty cute office romance title that’s most likely rated older teen at the moment because it features LGBTQ+ characters or there’s a chance it could get a little spicier down the road. The characters do go out for alcoholic beverages a few times as they are adult office workers. For now, Volume 1 is sweet and silly featuring some young infatuation and a few folks trying to work out their feelings, and Nmura actually teases readers by hiding anything more than hand-holding behind other obstructions.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Undead Unluck #1 |
Sep 26, 2022
show
|
|
From this volume, it seems this is one of those action comedies that is over the top in hijinks and in pushing the boundaries of what’s acceptable. There really isn't much of a dip in this high-energy, fast-paced over-the-top-ness, so if the whole series is like this, it could definitely lead to some reader fatigue. So far, there's not really an explanation as to why Izumo has a power or there is someone like Andy walking around. There are a few more high-powered beings like Izumo in the world, but we've yet to get any sort of explanation as to any of their existences. Since the main goal of this series is to be outlandish, I don't have high hopes for characterization, world building, or any semblance of a full plot line.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Under the Oak Tree (2024) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Under the Oak Tree #1
January 5, 2025
|
|
Maxi clearly needs some healing and a lot of time to deal with her trauma. Her delicate and sympathetic nature makes her a relatable character, but also one that readers will want to reach in and wrap in a hug. This is a great candidate for a New Adult section despite the publisher rating of 16+ because a good amount of the plot is spent on the two sneaking away to continue their marital duties, as Maxi refers to it. The scenes themselves are mostly covered or blocked so there isn't nudity in this volume, but things are pretty heated for most of the story. The illustrations themselves are beautifully colored and full of gorgeous fantasy details -- lovely dresses, elaborate castles, and, of course, handsome knights running around everywhere.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Under the Oak Tree #2
February 12, 2026
|
|
There are a few poignant and well conveyed moments of Maxi’s anxiety, depression, and self-doubt that make this comic powerful in showcasing mental disorders. Riftan often doesn't pry or delve deeper with Maxi, but there are a few instances in this volume when he does, and it is heartbreaking. In between the action where Riftan is showing off his temper and the carnal urges where he can't keep his hands to himself, the two are starting to form a relationship on a intellectual level that I hope continues to evolve in the next volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Unholy Blood (2024) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Unholy Blood #2
August 21, 2024
|
|
There is a satisfying amount of action in this volume, although I question how Hayan knows how to fight so well if Father Michael always forced her to suppress her purebood instincts. I between all of the fighting, this volume surprisingly humanize the vampires by exploring some of the reasons people voluntarily give up their humanity to become vampires knowing they'll be ostracized and have a shortened lifespan. Euntae also proves he has complexity and isn't just a beautiful male lead with everything figured out. Lim has some excellent comedic timing and uses hilarious chibi drawings perfectly to dial up the tension and silliness between Hayan and Euntae.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Unholy Blood #3
August 21, 2025
|
|
Hayan continues to be epically strong and awesome, while pretty much everyone else in her life is letting her down. So much of this volume focuses on Euntae and his past, which was tragic, sad, and left me with some mixed emotions. I’m appreciative of the deep dive we finally got on him because he’s been a bit of an enigma, but it also left me feeling more like Hayan has no one to trust. This series is riveting, violent, a little creepy, and so much more. I am hooked on rooting for Hayan as the over-powered hero, and invested in learning more about all of these powerful vampires she has to take down.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Unico #1 |
Aug 16, 2024
show
|
|
This is a beautiful adaptation of a classic series and a great way to bring Unico to new audiences. Younger readers who haven't watched the cartoon won't be lost reading this new series as the beginning sets up Unico's plight with Venus, while this story picks up as if Unico's previous adventures also happened, as is the beauty of a protagonist with memory loss. This title isn't all fluff though, as Sattin tugs at the heartstrings with Chloe's emotional pleas to be useful. There are some questions to be had about what era this is set in as we seem to progress backwards in clothing and mannerisms as the story moves along, but it's a minor note in what is largely an entertaining story. The adorable illustrations and bright pastel colors throughout will definitely appeal to younger readers, so this is an all ages manga that will find broad appeal in elementary libraries.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
unOrdinary #1 |
Oct 30, 2023
show
|
|
This was a pretty unassuming title at first that followed a lot of tropes and reminded me a lot of My Hero Academia. But the title got more complex with the darker side of the society and the structure to the school's hierarchy. I also appreciated that there weren't as many characters introduced as quickly in this title, and the color illustrations helped to differentiate between all of them. The magical powers were interesting and didn't require a ton of explanation. This is a little longer for a graphic novel, but it got really intriguing halfway through, and I was immersed in what was happening with John. At that point, the pages flew by, and the cliffhanger ending left me unsatisfied that there weren't more pages.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Until I Love Myself #1 |
Jun 09, 2023
show
|
|
This personal story is heartbreaking and emotional. I was particularly struck by how much of the sexual harassment and objectification of women’s bodies is the same in Japan as it is in the United States. Pesayuma-san poignantly analyzes how women’s bodies are freely commented on, like someone shopping for veggies in a store, and this analogy hit home for me. This series might be best for older teens and adults who are looking for some perspective, or commiseration. There are a few moments of narrative jumps that were a little difficult to follow, and I didn’t think the inside-look into the publishing and making of this manga series was totally necessary. They seemed out of sync with Pesayuma’s exploration of their past and coping with their trauma.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Uzumaki #1 |
May 22, 2025
show
|
|
The first two-thirds of this reads like a traditional short story compilation from Ito -- it just happens to be set in the same place with the same main character. Towards the end, Ito brings everything together and gives a reason why the town seems to be cursed with the spiral, and the explanation divulges from creepy, horror stories into speculative strangeness. The story itself seemingly spirals into itself into a maddening conclusion that makes little sense and may be unsatisfying, but it's completely on brand for other Ito stories that often have no discernible moral, no happy ending, no riding off into the sunset as the monster-of-the-week has been destroyed. It also wouldn't be Ito if there wasn't one obligatory nudity story, which is entirely non-sexual and just adds to the overall body-horror aspects of his work.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Victoria of Many Faces #2 |
Jan 21, 2026
show
|
|
The beginning of this volume starts off with a flash back and some insight on Jeff, which is helpful and appreciated but slightly jarring considering the wall of text exposition we’re given and the place we left off in the first volume. Once it becomes clear the mangaka are diving into character work, these scenes are heartbreaking and emotional. Later, when Victoria gets into her teaching moments, it's clear she cares for Nonna, and her relationship is very sweet and uplifting. This volume is a roller-coaster of emotionally poignant scenes between family.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die (2022) |
8 issues
show
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die #1
June 30, 2023
|
|
It's no wonder this manhwa is super popular as a web comic, and it's bound to be well circulated in a library. The pacing and storytelling is wonderfully executed, and the illustrations are beautifully cinematic. The game elements of this story blend Solo Leveling with shōjo romance, and it mixes in the best elements of what manhwa I’ve read: visually stunning color illustrations, gorgeous dresses, lush backgrounds, and hot guys. Towards the end of this volume, our main character (who never names herself in this first-person narration) finally figures out some subtle ways to stand up for herself and not get killed, so this volume leaves off in an interesting space of righteous vengeance and intrigue.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die #2
August 3, 2023
|
|
I am absolutely hooked on this story being a cross between the best of romantic intrigue from other manhwa and the game-infused storylines from stories like Solo Leveling. Penelope still does have a good amount of autonomy despite being in a game, so she can still keep things interesting. In this volume, she does re-engage the game's dialogue prompts to discover why a character would feel a certain way about Penelope later on, as her knowledge of the game's future helps her navigate this point in time, so gives her some interesting insight. I do appreciate that her best laid plans still aren't as seamless as she had hoped, because that would make everything too easy!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die #3
December 29, 2023
|
|
Our main character relied far less on the in-game prompts this time around, as she's going into parts of the game that she never played before. The Hunt wasn't part of the game, and she's going into territory that is all unfamiliar now. The scene with Reynold was heartbreaking as our main character used a lot of her own experience in her real life in her abusive childhood and filled in the gaps to make it suitable for a fantasy world to tell Penelope's backstory. The writing and illustrations in this scene beautifully captured the emotions Penelope was conveying.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die #4
June 17, 2024
|
|
There are some really great plot points woven throughout this story thanks to the thread of it being an otomoisekai, which leaves some folks with questionable plot armor that Penelope has to figure out. Can the love interests die? She had abandoned developing a few of them as love interests, but the game forces her into situations with them anyway, which means we get to still see them develop as characters and not abandoned as plot lines either. Just when I had also given up hope on a few characters alongside Penelope, this volume comes along and redeems them and shows me why we shouldn't give up on them entirely. Just like a good harem romance story should do, I'm left feeling confused for who I want Penelope to end up with!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die #5
July 14, 2024
|
|
Hard mode just got way more ridiculous! This series does a great job at keeping most of the love interest as potentials for the end game. As soon as I write one off, a storyline comes along and makes me (and Penelope) question the decision to exclude them. She has her heart set on Eckles, but there are even things to doubt with him. There’s also a great amount of tension and sense of urgency that is sustained throughout the story, and now with the reminder that Penelope’s birthday is coming up, that intensity is in overdrive.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die #6
September 10, 2024
|
|
This volume got exceptionally more intense and revealed some pretty twisted historical backstory about the world that makes it much more than just a dating sim. There were a lot of satisfying payoffs from five volumes of world-building and character development for readers who have been along for the ride with Penelope and paying careful attention to what has been happening around our main girl. This volume ends on a severe cliffhanger that is going to require some major explaining to keep it in line with the dating sim storyline, but with how Penelope’s skills to keep her alive are progressing, this is definitely becoming more like an RPG than a dating sim. This seems like an answer to Solo Leveling with its intensity and complexity.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die #7
April 26, 2025
|
|
As readers have most likely been going along with Penelope's plan to dump all of her time and energy into one guy in what is supposed to be a reverse harem, this volume reminds readers that there is, in fact, more than one love interest, and Callisto has come to play. Penelope still has to do so much scheming and maneuvering even though she's so close, but the security she's been building around herself is really called into question. The creators have done a great job in this volume of keeping us on our toes and craving more from every interaction,
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Villains Are Destined to Die #8
December 25, 2025
|
|
For readers who have been with this series since the beginning, there is a certain amount of suspense in this volume as we are nearing several key moments for dear Penelope. The creators have done a decent job of keeping the narrative tension high throughout this volume and providing ample opportunity for readers to be rooting for our dear protagonist (couldn't be heroine, could it?), but tragically, we are reminded of the title of the book a few times over the course of this volume -- that all of Penelope's scheming and best laid plans may all be for nothing, especially because she is her own worst enemy at times.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Vinland Saga |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Vinland Saga #2
December 31, 2021
|
|
This story goes into a part of history that I know hardly anything about, and I’m really curious to find out more about the Danish invasion of England and how the Vikings played a role in that. This definitely doesn’t feel like a history book, though. Yukimura inserts some maps every so often that shows where Thorfinn has been in England, and they represent where the Danish forces went during this invasion of England. Yukimura also borrows some names from history, as Thorkell is a real Viking who was part of the Danish siege on England. While history is tangled all throughout this story, Yukimura also weaves a complicated, beautiful story of a very conflicted young man who is tasked with doing some pretty horrible things on the off chance he will finally get to avenge his father. Thorfinn is a wonderfully dark-and-twisty character who readers will fall in love with.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Vinland Saga #3
January 25, 2022
|
|
The way Yukimura weaves together current storyline with flashbacks is masterful. Most of the flashbacks occur during the fight scene between Thorfinn and Thorkell, making the scene feel longer and more brutal. Even though we all know what happens to Thors after volume one, learning more about him and learning about his life in this twisted timeline is still thrilling and engaging. However, this volume is exceptionally violent. There is torture as a man has the tips of his fingers cut off, an axe slices thru the skull of a horse, a man’s severed head is used as target practice, and of course, tons of men fighting and dying in "regular" combat. Yukimura's meticulously detailed drawings means the violence is really emphasized and realistic, so this might need to come with a trigger warning for patrons on torture and animal cruelty.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Waiting for Spring #2 |
Jan 18, 2022
show
|
|
Just as Mitsuki was starting to be comfortable around her new friends, Aya has to come and make it all complicated! This is reverse-harem storyline is pretty common in romance manga. Some readers might get fed up that all the boys seem to fall for the one heroine, but just as many readers will be engrossed by Mitsuki's hopeless conundrum. Which boy will she choose? The difference with this storyline is that there are several boys with Towa who are not as interested in Mitsuki. So, it could be worse - there could be five guys all crazy about Mitsuki. If anyone is looking for this problem to be resolved soon, you'll probably be disappointed. These love triangles have a way of dragging on for dozens of volumes.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wash It All Away #1 |
Apr 23, 2025
show
|
|
It’s not often you see a manga about something so specific as a cleaning service, and this one definitely gets into the details about cleaning garments. But there’s something else happening with this lost memory story that only really gets interesting, even sinister, in the last few pages of this volume. There is an excessive fixation on Kinme’s breasts and backside that mar a story that started out relatively sweet and intrigued me with the tinge of mystery lingering at the end. I'm willing to give volume two a try to see if the fan service diminishes, but also to figure out just what happened to this poor girl's memories.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Watch Dogs Tokyo #1 |
Jun 10, 2024
show
|
|
This was an intense, action-packed story with some great moments of police drama and murder-mystery thriller thrown in. With all the conversation surrounding ethical use of artificial intelligence, this is the perfect time for this story to hit shelves. There are tinged of Minority Report all over this storyline, so there’s opportunity for readers to jump into or from that classic sci-fi thriller. This manga also ties in with a popular line of games, so there’s a chance of drawing readers in from that perspective as well.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Weathering With You #1 |
Mar 01, 2023
show
|
|
There is nothing stand-out about this manga, though fans of the movie will probably appreciate the information gleaned about these two characters that may have been missing from the feature film. The storyline doesn't have many major developments until the very last few pages, so some readers coming into this fresh might be frustrated with the slow pace. There are a few big narrative leaps that really didn’t make total sense to me, and they pulled me out of the story enough that I thought I was missing pages. This might be only a purchase necessary for where the movie or Your Name, also by Shinkai, is popular.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Weirdo OGN |
Sep 17, 2024
show
|
|
In this autobiographically inspired story, Weaver’s honest and sometimes heartbreaking journey with his mental health is inspiring and brutally honest in a way that will connect with victims of bullying but is also the story that bullies need to read to understand how damaging their actions can be. Some of it is a simple bystander effect or share on social media, all the way to the most hurtful of what Weaver went through, and this story scratches the surface of what some of our students experience today with online bullying. The trauma that Weaver experienced is explained delicately and compassionately so as not to pass along the trauma to the reader, but to invite empathy and understanding. This title deserves a place in every Anti-Bullying campaign, every Cyberbullying Awareness week, and a home amongst library shelves where patrons need a weird friend who will understand what they're going through.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Welcome To Demon School! Iruma-Kun #1 |
Jan 08, 2026
show
|
|
There’s a lot of cuteness and dumb luck that gets Irumi where he is, which is not only inside a dangerous demon school, but friends and lording over some pretty powerful demons. This volume has a lot of silliness throughout, and plenty of demons making fools of themselves. The humor and outlandish ways Iruma continues to escape danger would definitely be appealing to young readers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
What's Wrong with Secretary Kim? #1 |
Jan 12, 2024
show
|
|
This story has an interesting premise where the characters are trying to figure out what will bring them the most joy and satisfaction from their lives, but this might see limited readership in a high school library. The subject matter isn't inappropriate for high schoolers, but it might not necessarily be a good age fit. Both lead characters are adults and are tackling adult issues like starting a family or being satisfied with their careers. Some teens might find the humor and witty exchanges funny, but much of charm of this title comes from the experience of life.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Whisper Me a Love Song #1 |
Jan 16, 2024
show
|
|
This first volume is very cute and has common tropes of miscommunication that frustrate readers in a fun way because we know everything but characters don't. Some of the band mates also share our knowledge, so it's nice to have a few folks in the "know" of the secrets inside the story. There isn’t anything in this volume that would garner a 16+ rating other than one scene of Himari doing some introspection in the bathtub, but all of her bits are safely below the waterline. Some publishers tend to rate LGBTQ+ content as 16+ automatically, but this is a sweet love story so far that would be fine for all teen audiences.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Why I Adopted My Husband OGN |
Apr 08, 2026
show
|
|
Despite the complicated manner in which these two must become family, Yuta describes the process very positively, and the entire book is filled with adorable chibi illustrations to lighten what otherwise might be a dreary or overwhelming topic. This narrative is presented in a matter-of-fact manner, providing information and insight for others to understand the perspective of Japanese culture and the hurdles presented to gay couples just hoping to exist and find belonging in the society.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Why Raeliana Ended Up at the Duke's Mansion (2022) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Why Raeliana Ended Up at the Duke's Mansion #1
March 21, 2023
|
|
Here's another manhwa entry that deals with aristocracy and mind games, but there are some tidbits that make this title stand out a little bit more than others. When Eunha is reincarnated, she uses her knowledge from the book to help her, but she's not a know-it-all. There are still portions of the book that she's doesn't know or doesn't remember, so she has to work at her plans to make sure they are actually advantageous. This is a great companion read to The Abandoned Empress, but with a stronger heroine and a more engaging plot (pardon the pun).
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Why Raeliana Ended Up at the Duke's Mansion #2
November 26, 2023
|
|
Raeliana continues to navigate this world that keeps her on her toes. In this volume, she is trying to find the original protagonist of the novel, and she's coming up short. It is starting to seem, to her, that she has replaced the protagonist and affected the plot of the novel by staying alive, so now her knowledge of the story might start to prove a little outdated. The other noble ladies are constantly keeping her on her toes with their mind games, but by the end of this volume, Raeliana is starting to develop some thick skin for some of their taunting. There was a little bit more attention paid to character expression and design in this volume, and a few more panels with some atmospheric details, so I appreciated some of those elements over the first volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wind Breaker (2023) |
4 issues
show
|
|
|
Wind Breaker #1
February 6, 2024
|
|
At first, I was taken aback by this manga because I went into it thinking it was purely a sports manga. It definitely has some sports manga tropes - the characters work together on a team to master their sport (in this case, fighting), but this first volume has a lot more heart and depth to it as we learn who Sakura is. There are a lot of similarities to Tokyo Revengers but without the time travel elements and with a lot less cussing, so this title is a little more appealing for school audiences. I also personally appreciated Sakura as a main character more than Takemichi from TR, but other readers may connect with the grittiness of TR more than this title.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Wind Breaker #2
February 23, 2024
|
|
I found it a little bothersome that both of the generals for Bofurin and Shishitoren have the same childlike attitude until it’s time to get serious. They’re a little too similar. But Nii-san could be doing this to make them easier as foils for one another, so we'll have to wait and see if there's something more that comes of their similarities later. Some of the bad guys in Shishitoren are underdeveloped and more like caricatures of the typical Japanese "delinquent" stereotype, so I wish there was more done to develop them and make them less two-dimensional. This volume had some good pacing and didn’t try to cram all the fights in at once. I appreciate that the two big fights will be broken into another volume other than this one.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Wind Breaker #3
March 15, 2024
|
|
The fight choreography and illustration is really well done and methodical. The fighters are not indestructible and almost every move is seen as having consequences. I appreciated that characters swell up over time and not instantaneously, and even characters who fought a several fights back continue to have facial swelling while they sit in the audience. Nii also nicely blends action with exposition so we can progress storylines and character development while the fists and feet are flying.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Wind Breaker #4
March 29, 2024
|
|
This series started out as a lot of fighting and posturing, focusing primarily on the action and social strata of Furin, but there are some deeper character developments going on that I'm really enjoying. Umemiya is a really deep thinker who brings out the best in people by really making them do some introspection. Sakura also started out as a one-dimensional character, but his conversation with Umemiya has given him some depth and allowed his backstory to breathe in a beautiful way. This issue also gave some more information on the town and the history of the school, as well as Umemiya and his Kotoha, who runs the diner. I sense a romantic thread beginning to weave between Sakura and Kotoha!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wistoria: Wand and Sword |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Wistoria: Wand and Sword #1
October 5, 2023
|
|
This world has a lot of similarities to Harry Potter while mixing in enough originality to start making its own way in the fantasy genre. The overall pacing was intense - this first volume read very quickly, especially considering how long the first chapter was. Collette, Will's friend who helps stand up for him, could be given some more page-time and development, or else she risks becoming a throwaway character in a sea of students and professors who are already more interesting and given more time for readers to bond with and connect to the character designs.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Wistoria: Wand and Sword #2
March 14, 2025
|
|
We're still getting Harry Potter vibes off this volume, only now we're on to the Tri Wizard Tournament. This volume also comes complete with bullies going after our lovable hero who is not as talented as those around him. Colette is shaping up to be one of my favorites and definitely gives off Hermione vibes with how quick-witted she is. The artwork around the spell-casting is beautiful and fantastical!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Witch Hat Atelier |
7 issues
show
|
|
|
Witch Hat Atelier #8
January 24, 2022
|
|
The underlying current through this series rears up heavily in this volume: why is magic so restricted and not used more for the people who really need it? Coco brings this up often because she wasn't born a witch and doesn't really understand the restrictiveness, so is it just for power? Hopefully, this gets explored more as Coco gets into the society more. Also running adjacently with that philosophical problems is the threat of the brimmed hat witches. I'm also ready for a bit bigger role from them, as currently they come in for only bits and moments throughout the series. Let's get into the main conflict already!
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witch Hat Atelier #9
August 24, 2022
|
|
This series continues to blow me away with its depth and complexity. What started out as a beautiful magical adventure has really expanded into something nuanced and layered. This volume really delves into the question of magic being used for societal good, and we get some insight into how the witch society came to be the only spell casters in the world. I love that there are unintended consequences now coming up with Coco and Tartah trying to help Custas, and I think this is going to get tied in with Coco's mysterious connection to the Brimmed Hats. Shirahama is also doing more exploring of the world outside of the Atelier, and the scenes we get with the politics of the world only further the richness of this story.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witch Hat Atelier #10
March 28, 2023
|
|
The many different storylines weaving throughout this volume makes this one of the most fast-paced of the series thus far. I'm on the hook with Coco and Tartah trying to do what's right for their friend, but having all of their good intentions twisted and fall apart. My heart hurts for Agott and her quest for her mother's love, and this new twist with the prince and Tetia makes that storyline also feel high-stakes. There is a lot of action and moving plot, but everything is also getting more intense and in need of some resolutions, but Shirahama will probably keep building into the next volumes instead.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witch Hat Atelier #11
February 27, 2024
|
|
Agott and Coco are finally friends and building each other up in this volume, and they are a powerful force to be reckoned with when they put their minds together. Agott has a lot of knowledge and practice at magic while Coco is strong-willed and quick on her feet. The two cement their friendship as Agott is bullied by a former rival, and the scene is the perfect example of the tyep of character each witch has become. There isn't much in the development of Custas and his predicament, which is disappointing considering this volume is shorter than some of the others have been recently. Things are still precarious between the witches and the King, so that thread is still dangling, and the cliffhanger at the end promises to stir up more trouble between the two forces rather than see them come together.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witch Hat Atelier #12
June 18, 2025
|
|
This is one of the most action-packed volumes of the series, and we finally get to see many of the characters get into the fray who have been talked about as being amazing or powerful and scary. Shirahama manages to still pack in plenty moments calling the entire structure of the witch and magic society into question as characters doubt the secrecy of magic while people suffer and are exposed to danger. Especially of note here was the separation of magic and healing between the witches and doctors.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witch Hat Atelier #13
June 27, 2025
|
|
We're continuing the intense battles from the last volume, and there are also some twists in this volume that I absolutely did not see coming! Thirteen volumes in and Shirahama can still surprise me. The entire dilemma with Cuestas breaks my heart, and I love how Shirahama continues to use him as the prime example for the struggle of witches keeping magic a secret. The conflicts between the Brimmed Hats and the Pointed Hats remains brutally intense in this volume with the clash between Qilfrey and Cuestas' "friend", and I cannot wait for volume 14 so we can resolve the cliffhanger from this volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Witch Hat Atelier #14
May 22, 2026
|
|
There are some beautiful meta-moments on drawing and realizations from Coco about the importance of everything she’s learned so far that are bringing this story into some heartwarming full-circle moments for the readers. There was no Qilfrey in this volume to the disappointment of probably many fans and myself, but we did get a touch of Olruggio backstory that would be wonderful to explore in much greater depth.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Wonder Cat Kyuu-chan #1 |
Jan 23, 2023
show
|
|
I literally laughed out loud on the fourth comic, so I knew this was going to be good. Some of this addresses normal life with a cat, like The Evil Secret Society of Cats, but because Kyuu-Chan is a wonder cat, it was a little more like living with Pen-Chan in Penguin & House. I also appreciated that each yonkoma comic was self-contained but also built on an overall story. These comics were originally published one at a time, but I have a sneaky feeling that Nitori-san wanted repeat viewership and/or thought about how these would read if ever bound all together. This is a very wholesome comic that will appeal to adults and kids, and especially to cat-lovers.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
X-Gender #1 |
Oct 20, 2022
show
|
|
This is a really personal, heartfelt depiction of the author’s struggles and journey to find happiness. There are a lot of really informative pages with explanations of all kinds of different terms used in the LGBTQ+ community in Japan, many of which are also used in America. In analyzing their menstruation, Asuka provides some extremely accurate information on what is happening medically and emotionally. Many readers with female organs will mostly likely connect with this portion, and male readers will probably have some of their misconceptions cleared. However, part of Asuka's journey includes sexual tendencies and some pretty extensive discussion of pornography and sexual attraction. To omit these portions would be to omit a portion of the author's life and journey, so I don’t necessarily think they shouldn’t be there, but the inclusion of this information most likely elevates this to a book for adult libraries.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Yan #1 |
Dec 28, 2025
show
|
|
This larger format, 10"+ sized manga is the perfect way to appreciate Sheng's gorgeously detailed illustrations and intense fighting throughout volume one. From the very first page, Sheng draws the reader in with a dark, viral moment that resonates with readers who are often caught in a cycle of scrollable content on their own devices. These reels often start off innocuous, just as Yan's did. Once we are hooked with this dark setting, Sheng doesn't let up with twist after twist of beautifully realized and choreographed fights. The mystery builds steadily and new characters are introduced skillfully and brought in with distinguished personalities, movements, and voicing. From start to finish, this was a wild, entertaining, beautiful ride, and the ending promises even more outlandish fun to come.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Yellow Stringer: Fake News Provocateurs #1 |
Oct 10, 2022
show
|
|
Each chapter of this volume contains a different adventure. The first one is a bit long, but all the others are pretty short and a little disjointed. The cases are slightly related to one another, and the overall story of what's happening to Naomi and Tony is clearly sequential, but the threads tying everything together are a little loose. Some of the dialogue is a little choppy as well. Despite these setbacks, there is some solid foundational character work done by our authors. Both Tony and Naomi have some compelling backstories and have already started to take shape as full people within this first volume. If some of the cases would be fleshed out a bit more, this series has great potential to appeal to fans of the long-running Case Closed or find a foothold in a genre of manga that isn't overly written at the moment.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Yotsuba&! #1 |
May 18, 2022
show
|
|
Yotsuba is smart for her age but also naive, as most four-year-olds are. She doesn’t totally have an understanding of manners yet, so she tends be incredibly blunt to the point of rudeness, especially when Fuuka is around. Her antics are fun and silly, and pretty spot on to a young child you probably know somewhere. For some readers, that familiarity is a draw to loving Yotsuba and continuing their reading. For others who may want some more escapism, this might hit too close to home. Yotsuba is full of life and energy, and the positive moral at the end of this volume - to always look for the good in every situation - will leave readers with some warm fuzzies.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
You Can't Live All on Your Own! #1 |
Jun 28, 2025
show
|
|
This borderline slice-of-life story tackles many fears and dilemmas of young adults trying to figure it all out. They are faced with challenges of finding partners in a world that is increasingly online, and where there are more demands and commitments of their scarce free time. This title succeeds in creating four distinct female characters with their own unique voicing in addition to their personal struggles and situations they've been placed in. Their stories weave together when they come home and share common space. Their interactions are sweet, and it reminds readers that romantic love is not the only type of relationship that's important.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Your Forma #1 |
Jan 10, 2023
show
|
|
There are a lot of really cool sci-fi elements to this, and it reminds me a lot of Ghost in the Shell, especially its grittiness. Clearly, we are meant to like Lucraft because he is so observant and knows how to be friendly towards humans, especially females, but so far, I haven’t found something that makes me really want to like him as a character. Right now, I’m on Echika’s side though for wildly different reasons. Hopefully, he gets developed more and isn't just treated as a cursory set piece. Otherwise, I really enjoyed the mystery that was built up in this first volume, and I'm curious how big this case will get before we get a different one for Echika to solve. There's a nice little cliffhanger at the end of this volume, so it could definitely spur readers into the next volume.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Your Letter #1 |
Nov 21, 2024
show
|
|
Until we get to a place in life where bullying is beyond us, these heartworming stories of rising above the opinions of others and overcoming massive obstacles will continue to inspire and serve as a much needed tonic for readers who will undoubtedly see themselves amongst the characters. Sori is fascinating and strong beyond her years with a beautiful presence that holds others up around her, but when she needs help herself, you can't help but want to reach into the pages and give her a hug. The art style wasn't my favorite -- it leaned less on shading and subtly in favor of solid cell coloring and less intricate backgrounds. But, the story made up for the less interesting art as I waited with overwhelming anticipation for Sori and Dongsoon to find the next letter.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Your Lie in April (2015) |
2 issues
show
|
|
|
Your Lie in April #2
March 30, 2022
|
|
The storytelling is a little frenetic in this volume - the two leads get to the competition on a bike and it appears to fall over or Kōsei somehow falls off it, and it shows him bleeding from the head, but as soon as they go in the hall, he’s fine. Kaori's fainting is told in a flashback well after we find her in the hospital. This storytelling works really well for Kōsei's playing during the competition, but the rest of the storytelling suffers a little bit from the missing details in a non-linear approach. Overall, this is still a fine volume and a beautiful story, so I (and probably many readers) can look passed my preference to have things a little more spelled out.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
Your Lie in April #3
May 24, 2022
|
|
The narrative pacing was much more even in this volume, and there wasn’t a lot of jumbled like vol 2. The flashbacks were clear and provided a lot of necessary exposition, and even Arima’s visions and memories were much more clearly defined and added depth. There are some really sweet moments, especially between Arima and Tsubaki. The struggle Arima goes through in this volume about adding his own emotion and soul into a piece is a quintessential struggle of musicianship, and it was well portrayed (in my musical opinion). This series will really speak to students who are involved in music or art in general, as most of the visual and performing arts require the artist to leave a piece of themselves in each of their creations.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Your Throne #1 |
Aug 28, 2024
show
|
|
Most of my problems with this volume had to do with the formatting, but there were some issues with storytelling that were't the fault of transitioning from WEBTOON. There were a lot of narrative jumps and places where the author hoped the reader would fill in the blanks, where I felt these were areas for expansion or exploration rather than skipping over. After these little holes, most of my problems and confusion lied with the format. The WEBTOON is rated very highly with lots of fans gushing about the storyline, so I did a side-by-side re-reading with the scrollable on my phone. This is one instance of the transition harming the narrative.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|
|
|
Zigoku's Foreman #1 |
Jul 20, 2025
show
|
|
This wacky story is told with intermixed manga and light novel style chapters that show the mangaka’s original musings and ideas for Mizuchi’s origin. These short stories also provide different perspectives and ways for readers to interact with 9banta’s world and characters. Everyone character so far has a larger-than-life personality and is drawn exaggeratedly to match. The illustrations in this manga are unique and full of interesting, heavy line work with bold coloring instead of screen tone shading. The limited page count did leave me wanting more, so I'm hoping volume two provides more illustrated chapters.
View Issue
Full Review
|
|